| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | /* | 
| Johannes Berg | 3017b80 | 2007-08-28 17:01:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2 |  * mac80211 <-> driver interface | 
 | 3 |  * | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4 |  * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc. | 
 | 5 |  * Copyright 2006-2007	Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> | 
| Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6 |  * Copyright 2007-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 7 |  * | 
 | 8 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | 
 | 9 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as | 
 | 10 |  * published by the Free Software Foundation. | 
 | 11 |  */ | 
 | 12 |  | 
 | 13 | #ifndef MAC80211_H | 
 | 14 | #define MAC80211_H | 
 | 15 |  | 
 | 16 | #include <linux/kernel.h> | 
 | 17 | #include <linux/if_ether.h> | 
 | 18 | #include <linux/skbuff.h> | 
 | 19 | #include <linux/wireless.h> | 
 | 20 | #include <linux/device.h> | 
 | 21 | #include <linux/ieee80211.h> | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include <net/cfg80211.h> | 
 | 23 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | /** | 
 | 25 |  * DOC: Introduction | 
 | 26 |  * | 
 | 27 |  * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements | 
 | 28 |  * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document | 
 | 29 |  * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware | 
 | 30 |  * drivers. | 
 | 31 |  */ | 
 | 32 |  | 
 | 33 | /** | 
 | 34 |  * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts | 
 | 35 |  * | 
 | 36 |  * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 37 |  * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any | 
 | 38 |  * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such | 
 | 39 |  * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 40 |  * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even | 
 | 41 |  * tasklet function. | 
 | 42 |  * | 
 | 43 |  * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 44 |  *	 use the non-IRQ-safe functions! | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 45 |  */ | 
 | 46 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | /** | 
 | 48 |  * DOC: Warning | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 49 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 50 |  * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will | 
 | 51 |  * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet. | 
 | 52 |  */ | 
 | 53 |  | 
 | 54 | /** | 
 | 55 |  * DOC: Frame format | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 56 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 57 |  * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver, | 
 | 58 |  * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are | 
 | 59 |  * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the | 
 | 60 |  * hardware. | 
 | 61 |  * | 
 | 62 |  * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features: | 
 | 63 |  * | 
 | 64 |  * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload | 
 | 65 |  * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware. | 
 | 66 |  * | 
 | 67 |  * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to | 
 | 68 |  * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU. | 
 | 69 |  * | 
 | 70 |  * Finally, for received frames, the driver is able to indicate that it has | 
 | 71 |  * filled a radiotap header and put that in front of the frame; if it does | 
 | 72 |  * not do so then mac80211 may add this under certain circumstances. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 73 |  */ | 
 | 74 |  | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 10816d4 | 2007-11-26 16:14:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | /** | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 76 |  * DOC: mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 77 |  * | 
 | 78 |  * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use. | 
 | 79 |  * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by | 
 | 80 |  * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the | 
 | 81 |  * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback. | 
 | 82 |  * | 
 | 83 |  * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during | 
 | 84 |  * suspend. | 
 | 85 |  * | 
 | 86 |  * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock. | 
 | 87 |  * | 
 | 88 |  */ | 
 | 89 |  | 
 | 90 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 91 |  * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues | 
 | 92 |  * | 
 | 93 |  * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues. | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 94 |  */ | 
 | 95 | enum ieee80211_max_queues { | 
| Johannes Berg | 51b3814 | 2009-03-12 11:16:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 96 | 	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES =		4, | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | }; | 
 | 98 |  | 
 | 99 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 4bce22b | 2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 100 |  * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211 | 
 | 101 |  * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice | 
 | 102 |  * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video | 
 | 103 |  * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort | 
 | 104 |  * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background | 
 | 105 |  */ | 
 | 106 | enum ieee80211_ac_numbers { | 
 | 107 | 	IEEE80211_AC_VO		= 0, | 
 | 108 | 	IEEE80211_AC_VI		= 1, | 
 | 109 | 	IEEE80211_AC_BE		= 2, | 
 | 110 | 	IEEE80211_AC_BK		= 3, | 
 | 111 | }; | 
 | 112 |  | 
 | 113 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 114 |  * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration | 
 | 115 |  * | 
 | 116 |  * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS | 
| Johannes Berg | 3330d7be | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 117 |  * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29. | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 118 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 119 |  * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255] | 
| Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 120 |  * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form | 
 | 121 |  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 122 |  * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min] | 
| Johannes Berg | 3330d7be | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 123 |  * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled | 
| Kalle Valo | 9d173fc | 2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 124 |  * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 125 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params { | 
| Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | 	u16 txop; | 
| Johannes Berg | 3330d7be | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | 	u16 cw_min; | 
 | 129 | 	u16 cw_max; | 
| Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | 	u8 aifs; | 
| Kalle Valo | ab13315 | 2010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | 	bool uapsd; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | }; | 
 | 133 |  | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 134 | struct ieee80211_low_level_stats { | 
 | 135 | 	unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount; | 
 | 136 | 	unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount; | 
 | 137 | 	unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount; | 
 | 138 | 	unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount; | 
 | 139 | }; | 
 | 140 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 141 | /** | 
 | 142 |  * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags | 
 | 143 |  * | 
 | 144 |  * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback | 
 | 145 |  * to indicate which BSS parameter changed. | 
 | 146 |  * | 
 | 147 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated), | 
 | 148 |  *	also implies a change in the AID. | 
 | 149 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed | 
 | 150 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed | 
| Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 151 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed | 
| Tomas Winkler | 38668c0 | 2008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 152 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 153 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 57c4d7b | 2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 154 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 155 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever | 
 | 156 |  *	reason (IBSS and managed mode) | 
 | 157 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve | 
 | 158 |  *	new beacon (beaconing modes) | 
 | 159 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be | 
 | 160 |  *	enabled/disabled (beaconing modes) | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 161 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 162 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 163 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 164 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note | 
 | 165 |  *	that it is only ever disabled for station mode. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 166 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface. | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 167 |  */ | 
 | 168 | enum ieee80211_bss_change { | 
 | 169 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC		= 1<<0, | 
 | 170 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT	= 1<<1, | 
 | 171 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE	= 1<<2, | 
| Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT		= 1<<3, | 
| Tomas Winkler | 38668c0 | 2008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | 	BSS_CHANGED_HT                  = 1<<4, | 
| Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES		= 1<<5, | 
| Johannes Berg | 57c4d7b | 2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT		= 1<<6, | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BSSID		= 1<<7, | 
 | 177 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON		= 1<<8, | 
 | 178 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED	= 1<<9, | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | 	BSS_CHANGED_CQM			= 1<<10, | 
| Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | 	BSS_CHANGED_IBSS		= 1<<11, | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER		= 1<<12, | 
| Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | 	BSS_CHANGED_QOS			= 1<<13, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | 	BSS_CHANGED_IDLE		= 1<<14, | 
| Johannes Berg | ac8dd50 | 2010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 184 |  | 
 | 185 | 	/* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | }; | 
 | 187 |  | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | /* | 
 | 189 |  * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number | 
 | 190 |  * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP | 
 | 191 |  * filtering will be disabled. | 
 | 192 |  */ | 
 | 193 | #define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4 | 
 | 194 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | /** | 
 | 196 |  * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters | 
 | 197 |  * | 
 | 198 |  * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association | 
 | 199 |  * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS. | 
 | 200 |  * | 
 | 201 |  * @assoc: association status | 
| Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 202 |  * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS | 
 | 203 |  *	or not | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 204 |  * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true | 
 | 205 |  * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection | 
| Johannes Berg | 7a5158e | 2008-10-08 10:59:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 206 |  * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble; | 
 | 207 |  *	if the hardware cannot handle this it must set the | 
 | 208 |  *	IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE hardware flag | 
 | 209 |  * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP); | 
 | 210 |  *	if the hardware cannot handle this it must set the | 
 | 211 |  *	IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE hardware flag | 
| Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 212 |  * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing, | 
| Johannes Berg | e5b900d | 2010-07-29 16:08:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 213 |  *	valid in station mode only while @assoc is true and if also | 
 | 214 |  *	requested by %IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD (cf. also hw conf | 
 | 215 |  *	@ps_dtim_period) | 
| Tomas Winkler | 21c0cbe | 2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 216 |  * @timestamp: beacon timestamp | 
 | 217 |  * @beacon_int: beacon interval | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 98f7dfd | 2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 218 |  * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp | 
| Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 219 |  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an | 
 | 220 |  *	index into the rate table configured by the driver in | 
 | 221 |  *	the current band. | 
| Felix Fietkau | dd5b4cc | 2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 222 |  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 223 |  * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS | 
 | 224 |  * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not | 
| Johannes Berg | 0aaffa9 | 2010-05-05 15:28:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 225 |  * @channel_type: Channel type for this BSS -- the hardware might be | 
 | 226 |  *	configured for HT40+ while this BSS only uses no-HT, for | 
 | 227 |  *	example. | 
| Johannes Berg | 9ed6bcc | 2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 228 |  * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode (like in &struct ieee80211_ht_info). | 
 | 229 |  *	This field is only valid when the channel type is one of the HT types. | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 230 |  * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value | 
 | 231 |  *	implies disabled | 
 | 232 |  * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 233 |  * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The | 
 | 234 |  *	may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here. | 
 | 235 |  *	The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here | 
 | 236 |  *	to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass. | 
 | 237 |  * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. | 
 | 238 |  * @arp_filter_enabled: Enable ARP filtering - if enabled, the hardware may | 
 | 239 |  *	filter ARP queries based on the @arp_addr_list, if disabled, the | 
 | 240 |  *	hardware must not perform any ARP filtering. Note, that the filter will | 
 | 241 |  *	be enabled also in promiscuous mode. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 242 |  * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 243 |  * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the | 
 | 244 |  *	hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what | 
 | 245 |  *	your driver/device needs to do. | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 246 |  */ | 
 | 247 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf { | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 248 | 	const u8 *bssid; | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | 	/* association related data */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | 	bool assoc, ibss_joined; | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | 	u16 aid; | 
 | 252 | 	/* erp related data */ | 
 | 253 | 	bool use_cts_prot; | 
 | 254 | 	bool use_short_preamble; | 
| Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | 	bool use_short_slot; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | 	bool enable_beacon; | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 98f7dfd | 2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | 	u8 dtim_period; | 
| Tomas Winkler | 21c0cbe | 2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | 	u16 beacon_int; | 
 | 259 | 	u16 assoc_capability; | 
 | 260 | 	u64 timestamp; | 
| Johannes Berg | 881d948 | 2009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | 	u32 basic_rates; | 
| Felix Fietkau | dd5b4cc | 2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | 	int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 9ed6bcc | 2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | 	u16 ht_operation_mode; | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | 	s32 cqm_rssi_thold; | 
 | 265 | 	u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; | 
| Johannes Berg | 0aaffa9 | 2010-05-05 15:28:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | 	enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type; | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | 	__be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN]; | 
 | 268 | 	u8 arp_addr_cnt; | 
 | 269 | 	bool arp_filter_enabled; | 
| Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | 	bool qos; | 
| Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 271 | 	bool idle; | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | }; | 
 | 273 |  | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 274 | /** | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 275 |  * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 276 |  * | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 277 |  * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 278 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 7351c6b | 2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 279 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 280 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence | 
 | 281 |  *	number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment | 
 | 282 |  *	number and increasing the sequence number only when the | 
 | 283 |  *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly | 
 | 284 |  *	assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly | 
 | 285 |  *	for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from | 
 | 286 |  *	that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing. | 
 | 287 |  *	If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to | 
 | 288 |  *	assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE | 
 | 289 |  *	802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for | 
 | 290 |  *	beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 291 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 292 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination | 
 | 293 |  *	station | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 294 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 295 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon | 
 | 296 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 297 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 298 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted | 
| Johannes Berg | ab5b534 | 2009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 299 |  *	because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to | 
 | 300 |  *	avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or | 
 | 301 |  *	firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station | 
 | 302 |  *	went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on | 
 | 303 |  *	the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for | 
 | 304 |  *	that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above), | 
 | 305 |  *	since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the | 
 | 306 |  *	hardware queue. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 307 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged | 
 | 308 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status | 
 | 309 |  * 	is for the whole aggregation. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 429a380 | 2008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 310 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned, | 
 | 311 |  * 	so consider using block ack request (BAR). | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 312 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be | 
 | 313 |  *	set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will | 
 | 314 |  *	be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment) | 
| Johannes Berg | cd8ffc8 | 2009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 315 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211, | 
 | 316 |  *	used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before | 
 | 317 |  *	it can be sent out. | 
| Johannes Berg | 8f77f38 | 2009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 318 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211, | 
 | 319 |  *	used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS | 
| Johannes Berg | 3b8d81e | 2009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 320 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211, | 
 | 321 |  *	used to indicate frame should not be encrypted | 
| Johannes Berg | 3fa5205 | 2009-07-24 13:23:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 322 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PSPOLL_RESPONSE: (internal?) | 
 | 323 |  *	This frame is a response to a PS-poll frame and should be sent | 
 | 324 |  *	although the station is in powersave mode. | 
| Johannes Berg | ad5351d | 2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 325 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the | 
 | 326 |  *	transmit function after the current frame, this can be used | 
 | 327 |  *	by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the | 
 | 328 |  *	queue gets full. | 
| Johannes Berg | c6fcf6b | 2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 329 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted | 
 | 330 |  *	after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not | 
 | 331 |  *	be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.) | 
| Felix Fietkau | 17ad353 | 2010-01-31 21:56:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 332 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_HAS_RADIOTAP: This frame was injected and still | 
 | 333 |  *	has a radiotap header at skb->data. | 
| Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 334 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211 | 
 | 335 |  *	MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX | 
 | 336 |  *	status to user space) | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 0a56bd0 | 2010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 337 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame | 
| Felix Fietkau | f79d9ba | 2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 338 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this | 
 | 339 |  *	frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use. | 
| Johannes Berg | 610dbc9 | 2011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 340 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on | 
 | 341 |  *	the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done | 
 | 342 |  *	in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be | 
 | 343 |  *	handled properly by the device. | 
| Jouni Malinen | 681d119 | 2011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 344 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP | 
 | 345 |  *	testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow | 
 | 346 |  *	TKIP countermeasures to be tested. | 
| Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 347 |  * | 
 | 348 |  * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't | 
 | 349 |  *	 forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 350 |  */ | 
 | 351 | enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS		= BIT(0), | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ		= BIT(1), | 
 | 354 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK			= BIT(2), | 
 | 355 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT		= BIT(3), | 
 | 356 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT		= BIT(4), | 
 | 357 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM	= BIT(5), | 
 | 358 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU			= BIT(6), | 
 | 359 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED		= BIT(7), | 
 | 360 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED		= BIT(8), | 
 | 361 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK			= BIT(9), | 
 | 362 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU			= BIT(10), | 
 | 363 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK		= BIT(11), | 
 | 364 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE	= BIT(12), | 
| Johannes Berg | cd8ffc8 | 2009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING	= BIT(14), | 
| Johannes Berg | 8f77f38 | 2009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED		= BIT(15), | 
| Johannes Berg | 3b8d81e | 2009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT		= BIT(16), | 
| Johannes Berg | 3fa5205 | 2009-07-24 13:23:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PSPOLL_RESPONSE	= BIT(17), | 
| Johannes Berg | ad5351d | 2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES		= BIT(18), | 
| Johannes Berg | c6fcf6b | 2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION	= BIT(19), | 
| Felix Fietkau | 17ad353 | 2010-01-31 21:56:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_HAS_RADIOTAP		= BIT(20), | 
| Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 372 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX	= BIT(21), | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 0a56bd0 | 2010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC			= BIT(22), | 
| Felix Fietkau | f79d9ba | 2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC			= BIT(23) | BIT(24), | 
| Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN		= BIT(25), | 
| Jouni Malinen | 681d119 | 2011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 376 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE	= BIT(26), | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 377 | }; | 
 | 378 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | abe37c4 | 2010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT		23 | 
 | 380 |  | 
| Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | /* | 
 | 382 |  * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are | 
 | 383 |  * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack. | 
 | 384 |  */ | 
 | 385 | #define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK |		      \ | 
 | 386 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT |    \ | 
 | 387 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU |	      \ | 
 | 388 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED |	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK |		      \ | 
 | 389 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK |	      \ | 
 | 390 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PSPOLL_RESPONSE | \ | 
 | 391 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC |		      \ | 
 | 392 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC) | 
 | 393 |  | 
| Sujith | 2134e7e | 2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | /** | 
 | 395 |  * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the | 
 | 396 |  *	Rate Control algorithm. | 
 | 397 |  * | 
 | 398 |  * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx, | 
 | 399 |  * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate. | 
 | 400 |  * | 
 | 401 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate. | 
 | 402 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required. | 
 | 403 |  *	This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection. | 
 | 404 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble. | 
 | 405 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate. | 
 | 406 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in | 
 | 407 |  *	Greenfield mode. | 
 | 408 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz. | 
 | 409 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the | 
 | 410 |  *	adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is | 
 | 411 |  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS. | 
 | 412 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate. | 
 | 413 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 414 | enum mac80211_rate_control_flags { | 
 | 415 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS		= BIT(0), | 
 | 416 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT		= BIT(1), | 
 | 417 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= BIT(2), | 
 | 418 |  | 
 | 419 | 	/* rate index is an MCS rate number instead of an index */ | 
 | 420 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS			= BIT(3), | 
 | 421 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD		= BIT(4), | 
 | 422 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(5), | 
 | 423 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA		= BIT(6), | 
 | 424 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI		= BIT(7), | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | }; | 
 | 426 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 427 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | /* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */ | 
 | 429 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40 | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 430 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | /* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */ | 
 | 432 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24 | 
 | 433 |  | 
 | 434 | /* maximum number of rate stages */ | 
 | 435 | #define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES	5 | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 436 |  | 
 | 437 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 438 |  * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 439 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 440 |  * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with | 
 | 441 |  * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags) | 
| Johannes Berg | e25cf4a | 2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 442 |  * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 443 |  * | 
 | 444 |  * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used | 
 | 445 |  * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried. | 
 | 446 |  * | 
 | 447 |  * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should | 
 | 448 |  * always report the rate along with the flags it used. | 
| Johannes Berg | c555b9b | 2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 449 |  * | 
 | 450 |  * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs | 
 | 451 |  * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate | 
 | 452 |  * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example, | 
 | 453 |  * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the | 
 | 454 |  * information | 
 | 455 |  *    { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 } | 
 | 456 |  * then this means that the frame should be transmitted | 
 | 457 |  * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four | 
 | 458 |  * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets | 
 | 459 |  * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status | 
 | 460 |  * information should then contain | 
 | 461 |  *   { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ... | 
 | 462 |  * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2 | 
 | 463 |  * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 464 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate { | 
 | 466 | 	s8 idx; | 
 | 467 | 	u8 count; | 
 | 468 | 	u8 flags; | 
| Gustavo F. Padovan | 3f30fc1 | 2010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | } __packed; | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 470 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | /** | 
 | 472 |  * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 1c01442 | 2008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 473 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 474 |  * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses: | 
 | 475 |  *  (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do | 
 | 476 |  *  (2) driver internal use (if applicable) | 
 | 477 |  *  (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened | 
 | 478 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 479 |  * The TX control's sta pointer is only valid during the ->tx call, | 
 | 480 |  * it may be NULL. | 
 | 481 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 482 |  * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 483 |  * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races) | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f4ac38 | 2008-10-09 12:18:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 484 |  * @antenna_sel_tx: antenna to use, 0 for automatic diversity | 
| Kalle Valo | 8bef7a1 | 2008-11-30 20:56:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 485 |  * @pad: padding, ignore | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 486 |  * @control: union for control data | 
 | 487 |  * @status: union for status data | 
 | 488 |  * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers | 
| Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 489 |  * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames. | 
| Daniel Halperin | 93d95b1 | 2010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 490 |  * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 491 |  * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames. | 
| Daniel Halperin | 93d95b1 | 2010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 492 |  * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 493 |  * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 1c01442 | 2008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 494 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | struct ieee80211_tx_info { | 
 | 496 | 	/* common information */ | 
 | 497 | 	u32 flags; | 
 | 498 | 	u8 band; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 499 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | 	u8 antenna_sel_tx; | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 501 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | 	/* 2 byte hole */ | 
| John W. Linville | 6272710 | 2008-11-12 10:01:41 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | 	u8 pad[2]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 504 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | 	union { | 
 | 506 | 		struct { | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | 			union { | 
 | 508 | 				/* rate control */ | 
 | 509 | 				struct { | 
 | 510 | 					struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[ | 
 | 511 | 						IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | 
 | 512 | 					s8 rts_cts_rate_idx; | 
 | 513 | 				}; | 
 | 514 | 				/* only needed before rate control */ | 
 | 515 | 				unsigned long jiffies; | 
 | 516 | 			}; | 
| Johannes Berg | 25d834e | 2008-09-12 22:52:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | 			/* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | 			struct ieee80211_vif *vif; | 
 | 519 | 			struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key; | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | 			struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 521 | 		} control; | 
 | 522 | 		struct { | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | 			struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | 
 | 524 | 			u8 ampdu_ack_len; | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | 			int ack_signal; | 
| Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | 			u8 ampdu_len; | 
| Johannes Berg | 095dfdb | 2010-05-26 17:19:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | 			/* 15 bytes free */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | 		} status; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | 		struct { | 
 | 530 | 			struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[ | 
 | 531 | 				IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | 
 | 532 | 			void *rate_driver_data[ | 
 | 533 | 				IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; | 
 | 534 | 		}; | 
 | 535 | 		void *driver_data[ | 
 | 536 | 			IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | 	}; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | }; | 
 | 539 |  | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | /** | 
| Randy Dunlap | bdfbe80 | 2011-05-22 17:22:45 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 541 |  * struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies - scheduled scan IEs | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 542 |  * | 
 | 543 |  * This structure is used to pass the appropriate IEs to be used in scheduled | 
 | 544 |  * scans for all bands.  It contains both the IEs passed from the userspace | 
 | 545 |  * and the ones generated by mac80211. | 
 | 546 |  * | 
 | 547 |  * @ie: array with the IEs for each supported band | 
 | 548 |  * @len: array with the total length of the IEs for each band | 
 | 549 |  */ | 
 | 550 | struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies { | 
 | 551 | 	u8 *ie[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; | 
 | 552 | 	size_t len[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; | 
 | 553 | }; | 
 | 554 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb) | 
 | 556 | { | 
 | 557 | 	return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb; | 
 | 558 | } | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 559 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb) | 
 | 561 | { | 
 | 562 | 	return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb; | 
 | 563 | } | 
 | 564 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | /** | 
 | 566 |  * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status | 
 | 567 |  * | 
 | 568 |  * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared. | 
 | 569 |  * | 
 | 570 |  * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report | 
 | 571 |  * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything | 
 | 572 |  * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear | 
 | 573 |  * the count since you need to fill that in anyway). | 
 | 574 |  * | 
 | 575 |  * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use | 
 | 576 |  *	 info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data | 
 | 577 |  *	 instead if you need only the less space that allows. | 
 | 578 |  */ | 
 | 579 | static inline void | 
 | 580 | ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) | 
 | 581 | { | 
 | 582 | 	int i; | 
 | 583 |  | 
 | 584 | 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != | 
 | 585 | 		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates)); | 
 | 586 | 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != | 
 | 587 | 		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates)); | 
 | 588 | 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8); | 
 | 589 | 	/* clear the rate counts */ | 
 | 590 | 	for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++) | 
 | 591 | 		info->status.rates[i].count = 0; | 
 | 592 |  | 
 | 593 | 	BUILD_BUG_ON( | 
 | 594 | 	    offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len) != 23); | 
 | 595 | 	memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0, | 
 | 596 | 	       sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) - | 
 | 597 | 	       offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len)); | 
 | 598 | } | 
 | 599 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 600 |  | 
 | 601 | /** | 
 | 602 |  * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags | 
 | 603 |  * | 
 | 604 |  * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status. | 
 | 605 |  * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame. | 
 | 606 |  *	Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED. | 
 | 607 |  * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 608 |  * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame, | 
 | 609 |  *	verification has been done by the hardware. | 
 | 610 |  * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV/ICV are stripped from this frame. | 
 | 611 |  *	If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection | 
 | 612 |  *	hence the driver or hardware will have to do that. | 
| Johannes Berg | 72abd81 | 2007-09-17 01:29:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 613 |  * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on | 
 | 614 |  *	the frame. | 
 | 615 |  * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on | 
 | 616 |  *	the frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | 6ebacbb | 2011-02-23 15:06:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 617 |  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime | 
 | 618 |  *	field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU | 
 | 619 |  *	was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS | 
 | 620 |  *	merging. | 
| Bruno Randolf | b4f28bb | 2008-07-30 17:19:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 621 |  * @RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame | 
| Jouni Malinen | 0fb8ca4 | 2008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 622 |  * @RX_FLAG_HT: HT MCS was used and rate_idx is MCS index | 
 | 623 |  * @RX_FLAG_40MHZ: HT40 (40 MHz) was used | 
 | 624 |  * @RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 625 |  */ | 
 | 626 | enum mac80211_rx_flags { | 
 | 627 | 	RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR	= 1<<0, | 
 | 628 | 	RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED	= 1<<1, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | 	RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED	= 1<<3, | 
 | 630 | 	RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED	= 1<<4, | 
| Johannes Berg | 72abd81 | 2007-09-17 01:29:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | 	RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC	= 1<<5, | 
 | 632 | 	RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = 1<<6, | 
| Johannes Berg | 6ebacbb | 2011-02-23 15:06:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 633 | 	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU	= 1<<7, | 
| Jouni Malinen | 0fb8ca4 | 2008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | 	RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE	= 1<<8, | 
 | 635 | 	RX_FLAG_HT		= 1<<9, | 
 | 636 | 	RX_FLAG_40MHZ		= 1<<10, | 
 | 637 | 	RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI	= 1<<11, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | }; | 
 | 639 |  | 
 | 640 | /** | 
 | 641 |  * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status | 
 | 642 |  * | 
 | 643 |  * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset | 
 | 644 |  * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received | 
| Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 645 |  * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb). | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 646 |  * | 
| Bruno Randolf | c132bec | 2008-02-18 11:20:51 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 647 |  * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function | 
 | 648 |  * 	(TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 649 |  * @band: the active band when this frame was received | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 650 |  * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 651 |  * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or | 
 | 652 |  *	unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags | 
 | 653 |  *	@IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_* | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 654 |  * @antenna: antenna used | 
| Jouni Malinen | 0fb8ca4 | 2008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 655 |  * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if | 
 | 656 |  *	HT rates are use (RX_FLAG_HT) | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 657 |  * @flag: %RX_FLAG_* | 
| Johannes Berg | 554891e | 2010-09-24 12:38:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 658 |  * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211 | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 659 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | struct ieee80211_rx_status { | 
 | 661 | 	u64 mactime; | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | 	enum ieee80211_band band; | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | 	int freq; | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | 	int signal; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | 	int antenna; | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | 	int rate_idx; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | 	int flag; | 
| Johannes Berg | 554891e | 2010-09-24 12:38:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | 	unsigned int rx_flags; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | }; | 
 | 670 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 672 |  * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags | 
 | 673 |  * | 
 | 674 |  * Flags to define PHY configuration options | 
 | 675 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 676 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this | 
 | 677 |  *	to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets | 
 | 678 |  *	or not, do not use instead of filter flags! | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 679 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only). | 
 | 680 |  *	This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2, | 
 | 681 |  *	meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to | 
 | 682 |  *	transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames. | 
 | 683 |  *	Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states, | 
 | 684 |  *	driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support" | 
 | 685 |  *	for more. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 686 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set | 
 | 687 |  *	the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but | 
 | 688 |  *	may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will | 
 | 689 |  *	be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but | 
 | 690 |  *	it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 4552124 | 2010-07-28 02:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 691 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main | 
 | 692 |  *	operating channel. | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 693 |  */ | 
 | 694 | enum ieee80211_conf_flags { | 
| Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR		= (1<<0), | 
| Johannes Berg | ae5eb02 | 2008-10-14 16:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_PS		= (1<<1), | 
| Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE		= (1<<2), | 
| Felix Fietkau | 4552124 | 2010-07-28 02:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL	= (1<<3), | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | }; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 700 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 7a5158e | 2008-10-08 10:59:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 701 |  | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 703 |  * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed | 
 | 704 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 705 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 706 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed | 
| Johannes Berg | e255d5e | 2009-04-22 12:40:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 707 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 708 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 709 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 710 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 711 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 712 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 713 |  */ | 
 | 714 | enum ieee80211_conf_changed { | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS		= BIT(1), | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL	= BIT(2), | 
| Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR		= BIT(3), | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS		= BIT(4), | 
| Johannes Berg | e255d5e | 2009-04-22 12:40:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER		= BIT(5), | 
 | 720 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL		= BIT(6), | 
 | 721 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS	= BIT(7), | 
| Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE		= BIT(8), | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | }; | 
 | 724 |  | 
 | 725 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 726 |  * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode | 
 | 727 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | 9d173fc | 2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 728 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic | 
 | 729 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off | 
 | 730 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static | 
 | 731 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic | 
 | 732 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 733 |  */ | 
 | 734 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode { | 
 | 735 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC, | 
 | 736 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF, | 
 | 737 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC, | 
 | 738 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, | 
 | 739 |  | 
 | 740 | 	/* keep last */ | 
 | 741 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES, | 
 | 742 | }; | 
 | 743 |  | 
 | 744 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 745 |  * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device | 
 | 746 |  * | 
 | 747 |  * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware. | 
 | 748 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 749 |  * @flags: configuration flags defined above | 
 | 750 |  * | 
| Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 751 |  * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval | 
| Johannes Berg | 9ccebe6 | 2009-04-23 10:32:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 752 |  * @max_sleep_period: the maximum number of beacon intervals to sleep for | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 753 |  *	before checking the beacon for a TIM bit (managed mode only); this | 
 | 754 |  *	value will be only achievable between DTIM frames, the hardware | 
 | 755 |  *	needs to check for the multicast traffic bit in DTIM beacons. | 
 | 756 |  *	This variable is valid only when the CONF_PS flag is set. | 
| Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 757 |  * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use | 
 | 758 |  *	in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon | 
 | 759 |  *	has been received and the DTIM period is known. | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 760 |  * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the | 
 | 761 |  *	powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when | 
 | 762 |  *	the CONF_PS flag is set. | 
 | 763 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 764 |  * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm) | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 765 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 766 |  * @channel: the channel to tune to | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 767 |  * @channel_type: the channel (HT) type | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 768 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 769 |  * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame | 
 | 770 |  *    (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11, | 
 | 771 |  *    but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries | 
 | 772 |  * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short" | 
 | 773 |  *    frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the | 
 | 774 |  *    number of transmissions not the number of retries | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 775 |  * | 
 | 776 |  * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that | 
 | 777 |  *	%IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not | 
 | 778 |  *	configured for an HT channel | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 779 |  */ | 
 | 780 | struct ieee80211_conf { | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | 	u32 flags; | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | ff61638 | 2010-06-09 09:51:52 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 782 | 	int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; | 
| Johannes Berg | 9ccebe6 | 2009-04-23 10:32:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 783 | 	int max_sleep_period; | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 10816d4 | 2007-11-26 16:14:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 784 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | 	u16 listen_interval; | 
| Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | 	u8 ps_dtim_period; | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 787 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | 	u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count; | 
 | 789 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel; | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | 	enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type; | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 792 | 	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | }; | 
 | 794 |  | 
 | 795 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 796 |  * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data | 
 | 797 |  * | 
 | 798 |  * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch | 
 | 799 |  * operation. | 
 | 800 |  * | 
 | 801 |  * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization | 
 | 802 |  *	Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch | 
 | 803 |  *	announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter | 
 | 804 |  *	the driver passed into mac80211. | 
 | 805 |  * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the | 
 | 806 |  *	scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP. | 
 | 807 |  * @channel: the new channel to switch to | 
 | 808 |  * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event | 
 | 809 |  */ | 
 | 810 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch { | 
 | 811 | 	u64 timestamp; | 
 | 812 | 	bool block_tx; | 
 | 813 | 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel; | 
 | 814 | 	u8 count; | 
 | 815 | }; | 
 | 816 |  | 
 | 817 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 818 |  * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data | 
 | 819 |  * | 
 | 820 |  * Data in this structure is continually present for driver | 
 | 821 |  * use during the life of a virtual interface. | 
 | 822 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 51fb61e | 2007-12-19 01:31:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 823 |  * @type: type of this virtual interface | 
| Johannes Berg | bda3933 | 2008-10-11 01:51:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 824 |  * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own | 
 | 825 |  *	or the BSS we're associated to | 
| Johannes Berg | 47846c9 | 2009-11-25 17:46:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 826 |  * @addr: address of this interface | 
| Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 827 |  * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p | 
 | 828 |  *	interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 829 |  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to | 
 | 830 |  *	sizeof(void *). | 
 | 831 |  */ | 
 | 832 | struct ieee80211_vif { | 
| Johannes Berg | 05c914f | 2008-09-11 00:01:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | 	enum nl80211_iftype type; | 
| Johannes Berg | bda3933 | 2008-10-11 01:51:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | 	struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf; | 
| Johannes Berg | 47846c9 | 2009-11-25 17:46:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | 	bool p2p; | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | 	/* must be last */ | 
 | 838 | 	u8 drv_priv[0] __attribute__((__aligned__(sizeof(void *)))); | 
 | 839 | }; | 
 | 840 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 902acc7 | 2008-02-23 15:17:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | 
 | 842 | { | 
 | 843 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH | 
| Johannes Berg | 05c914f | 2008-09-11 00:01:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | 	return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT; | 
| Johannes Berg | 902acc7 | 2008-02-23 15:17:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | #endif | 
 | 846 | 	return false; | 
 | 847 | } | 
 | 848 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 850 |  * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags | 
 | 851 |  * | 
 | 852 |  * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver | 
 | 853 |  * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf. | 
 | 854 |  * | 
 | 855 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates | 
 | 856 |  *	that the STA this key will be used with could be using QoS. | 
 | 857 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the | 
 | 858 |  *	driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this | 
 | 859 |  *	particular key. | 
 | 860 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by | 
 | 861 |  *	the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC | 
 | 862 |  *	generation in software. | 
| Ivo van Doorn | c6adbd2 | 2008-04-17 21:11:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 863 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates | 
 | 864 |  *	that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key. | 
| Jouni Malinen | 1f7d77a | 2009-01-08 13:32:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 865 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT: This flag should be set by the driver for a | 
 | 866 |  *	CCMP key if it requires CCMP encryption of management frames (MFP) to | 
 | 867 |  *	be done in software. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 868 |  */ | 
 | 869 | enum ieee80211_key_flags { | 
 | 870 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA	= 1<<0, | 
 | 871 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV	= 1<<1, | 
 | 872 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC= 1<<2, | 
| Ivo van Doorn | c6adbd2 | 2008-04-17 21:11:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE	= 1<<3, | 
| Jouni Malinen | 1f7d77a | 2009-01-08 13:32:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT	= 1<<4, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | }; | 
 | 876 |  | 
 | 877 | /** | 
 | 878 |  * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information | 
 | 879 |  * | 
 | 880 |  * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by | 
 | 881 |  * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops. | 
 | 882 |  * | 
 | 883 |  * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver | 
 | 884 |  *	wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be | 
| Johannes Berg | 6a7664d | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 885 |  *	encrypted in hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 97359d1 | 2010-08-10 09:46:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 886 |  * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 887 |  * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags. | 
 | 888 |  * @keyidx: the key index (0-3) | 
 | 889 |  * @keylen: key material length | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | ffd7891 | 2008-06-21 10:02:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 890 |  * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte) | 
 | 891 |  * 	data block: | 
 | 892 |  * 	- Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits) | 
 | 893 |  * 	- Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits) | 
 | 894 |  * 	- Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits) | 
| Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 895 |  * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type | 
 | 896 |  * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 897 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | struct ieee80211_key_conf { | 
| Johannes Berg | 97359d1 | 2010-08-10 09:46:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | 	u32 cipher; | 
| Felix Fietkau | 76708de | 2008-10-05 18:02:48 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | 	u8 icv_len; | 
 | 901 | 	u8 iv_len; | 
| Johannes Berg | 6a7664d | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | 	u8 hw_key_idx; | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | 	u8 flags; | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | 	s8 keyidx; | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | 	u8 keylen; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | 	u8 key[0]; | 
 | 907 | }; | 
 | 908 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | /** | 
 | 910 |  * enum set_key_cmd - key command | 
 | 911 |  * | 
 | 912 |  * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this | 
 | 913 |  * indicates whether a key is being removed or added. | 
 | 914 |  * | 
 | 915 |  * @SET_KEY: a key is set | 
 | 916 |  * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled | 
 | 917 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | enum set_key_cmd { | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | 	SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY, | 
| Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 920 | }; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 921 |  | 
| Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 923 |  * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry | 
 | 924 |  * | 
 | 925 |  * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly | 
 | 926 |  * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in | 
 | 927 |  * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must | 
 | 928 |  * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly, | 
 | 929 |  * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a | 
| Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 930 |  * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it. | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 931 |  * | 
 | 932 |  * @addr: MAC address | 
 | 933 |  * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP | 
| Johannes Berg | 323ce79 | 2008-09-11 02:45:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 934 |  * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band) | 
| Johannes Berg | ae5eb02 | 2008-10-14 16:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 935 |  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own TX capabilities | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 936 |  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to | 
 | 937 |  *	sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information. | 
 | 938 |  */ | 
 | 939 | struct ieee80211_sta { | 
| Johannes Berg | 881d948 | 2009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 940 | 	u32 supp_rates[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; | 
 | 942 | 	u16 aid; | 
| Johannes Berg | d9fe60d | 2008-10-09 12:13:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 944 |  | 
 | 945 | 	/* must be last */ | 
 | 946 | 	u8 drv_priv[0] __attribute__((__aligned__(sizeof(void *)))); | 
 | 947 | }; | 
 | 948 |  | 
 | 949 | /** | 
| Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 950 |  * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command | 
 | 951 |  * | 
 | 952 |  * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this | 
| Sujith | 38a6cc7 | 2010-05-19 11:32:30 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 953 |  * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition. | 
| Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 954 |  * | 
| Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 955 |  * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping | 
 | 956 |  * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up | 
 | 957 |  */ | 
| Christian Lamparter | 89fad57 | 2008-12-09 16:28:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | enum sta_notify_cmd { | 
| Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | 	STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE, | 
 | 960 | }; | 
 | 961 |  | 
 | 962 | /** | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 963 |  * enum ieee80211_tkip_key_type - get tkip key | 
 | 964 |  * | 
 | 965 |  * Used by drivers which need to get a tkip key for skb. Some drivers need a | 
 | 966 |  * phase 1 key, others need a phase 2 key. A single function allows the driver | 
 | 967 |  * to get the key, this enum indicates what type of key is required. | 
 | 968 |  * | 
 | 969 |  * @IEEE80211_TKIP_P1_KEY: the driver needs a phase 1 key | 
 | 970 |  * @IEEE80211_TKIP_P2_KEY: the driver needs a phase 2 key | 
 | 971 |  */ | 
 | 972 | enum ieee80211_tkip_key_type { | 
 | 973 | 	IEEE80211_TKIP_P1_KEY, | 
 | 974 | 	IEEE80211_TKIP_P2_KEY, | 
 | 975 | }; | 
 | 976 |  | 
 | 977 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 978 |  * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags | 
 | 979 |  * | 
 | 980 |  * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to | 
 | 981 |  * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning | 
 | 982 |  * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting | 
 | 983 |  * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule, | 
 | 984 |  * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully. | 
 | 985 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | af65cd9 | 2009-11-17 18:18:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 986 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL: | 
 | 987 |  *	The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be | 
 | 988 |  *	controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm | 
 | 989 |  *	should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace | 
 | 990 |  *	will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control | 
 | 991 |  *	algorithm. | 
 | 992 |  *	Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of | 
 | 993 |  *	callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have | 
 | 994 |  *	the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config | 
 | 995 |  *	@use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot | 
 | 996 |  *	timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for | 
 | 997 |  *	CCK frames. | 
 | 998 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 999 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS: | 
 | 1000 |  *	Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include | 
 | 1001 |  *	the FCS at the end. | 
 | 1002 |  * | 
 | 1003 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING: | 
 | 1004 |  *	Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames | 
 | 1005 |  *	for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others | 
 | 1006 |  *	rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used | 
 | 1007 |  *	to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and | 
 | 1008 |  *	multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 546c80c | 2008-08-14 11:43:20 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 |  *	the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE: | 
 | 1012 |  *	Hardware is not capable of short slot operation on the 2.4 GHz band. | 
 | 1013 |  * | 
 | 1014 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE: | 
 | 1015 |  *	Hardware is not capable of receiving frames with short preamble on | 
 | 1016 |  *	the 2.4 GHz band. | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 |  * | 
 | 1018 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: | 
 | 1019 |  *	Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We | 
 | 1020 |  *	expect values between 0 and @max_signal. | 
 | 1021 |  *	If possible please provide dB or dBm instead. | 
 | 1022 |  * | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM: | 
 | 1024 |  *	Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from | 
 | 1025 |  *	one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized | 
 | 1026 |  *	between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set. | 
 | 1027 |  * | 
| Tomas Winkler | 06ff47b | 2008-06-18 17:53:44 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT: | 
 | 1029 |  * 	Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h | 
 | 1030 |  * 	Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC | 
| Sujith | 8b30b1f | 2008-10-24 09:55:27 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1031 |  * | 
 | 1032 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION: | 
 | 1033 |  *	Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation. | 
| Kalle Valo | 520eb82 | 2008-12-18 23:35:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS: | 
 | 1036 |  *	Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep). | 
 | 1037 |  * | 
 | 1038 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK: | 
 | 1039 |  *	Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies | 
 | 1040 |  *	stack support for dynamic PS. | 
 | 1041 |  * | 
 | 1042 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS: | 
 | 1043 |  *	Hardware has support for dynamic PS. | 
| Jouni Malinen | 4375d08 | 2009-01-08 13:32:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 |  * | 
 | 1045 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE: | 
 | 1046 |  *	Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w). | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 |  * | 
 | 1048 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER: | 
 | 1049 |  *	Hardware supports dropping of irrelevant beacon frames to | 
 | 1050 |  *	avoid waking up cpu. | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 |  * | 
 | 1052 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_STATIC_SMPS: | 
 | 1053 |  *	Hardware supports static spatial multiplexing powersave, | 
 | 1054 |  *	ie. can turn off all but one chain even on HT connections | 
 | 1055 |  *	that should be using more chains. | 
 | 1056 |  * | 
 | 1057 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_SMPS: | 
 | 1058 |  *	Hardware supports dynamic spatial multiplexing powersave, | 
 | 1059 |  *	ie. can turn off all but one chain and then wake the rest | 
 | 1060 |  *	up as required after, for example, rts/cts handshake. | 
| Kalle Valo | ab13315 | 2010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 |  * | 
 | 1062 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: | 
 | 1063 |  *	Hardware supports Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery | 
 | 1064 |  *	(U-APSD) in managed mode. The mode is configured with | 
 | 1065 |  *	conf_tx() operation. | 
| Vivek Natarajan | 375177b | 2010-02-09 14:50:28 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 |  * | 
 | 1067 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS: | 
 | 1068 |  *	Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to | 
 | 1069 |  *	the stack. | 
 | 1070 |  * | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR: | 
 | 1072 |  *      The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including | 
 | 1073 |  *      periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss. | 
 | 1074 |  *      When this flag is set, signaling beacon-loss will cause an immediate | 
 | 1075 |  *      change to disassociated state. | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 |  * | 
 | 1077 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: | 
 | 1078 |  *	Hardware can do connection quality monitoring - i.e. it can monitor | 
 | 1079 |  *	connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and | 
 | 1080 |  *	provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached. | 
 | 1081 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e5b900d | 2010-07-29 16:08:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD: | 
 | 1083 |  *	This device needs to know the DTIM period for the BSS before | 
 | 1084 |  *	associating. | 
| Johannes Berg | e31b821 | 2010-10-05 19:39:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 |  * | 
 | 1086 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports | 
 | 1087 |  *	per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If | 
 | 1088 |  *	the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not | 
 | 1089 |  *	to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still | 
 | 1090 |  *	possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag | 
 | 1091 |  *	only in that case. | 
| Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 |  * | 
 | 1093 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device | 
 | 1094 |  *	autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When | 
 | 1095 |  *	this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected | 
 | 1096 |  *	stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames. | 
 | 1097 |  *	Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure | 
 | 1098 |  *	the PS mode of connected stations. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 |  */ | 
 | 1100 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags { | 
| Johannes Berg | af65cd9 | 2009-11-17 18:18:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1101 | 	IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL			= 1<<0, | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | 	IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS			= 1<<1, | 
 | 1103 | 	IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING	= 1<<2, | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | 	IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE		= 1<<3, | 
 | 1105 | 	IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE	= 1<<4, | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC			= 1<<5, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7fee537 | 2009-01-30 11:13:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM				= 1<<6, | 
| Johannes Berg | e5b900d | 2010-07-29 16:08:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1108 | 	IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD			= 1<<7, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7fee537 | 2009-01-30 11:13:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT			= 1<<8, | 
 | 1110 | 	IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION			= 1<<9, | 
 | 1111 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS			= 1<<10, | 
 | 1112 | 	IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK			= 1<<11, | 
 | 1113 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS		= 1<<12, | 
 | 1114 | 	IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE			= 1<<13, | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | 	IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER			= 1<<14, | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_STATIC_SMPS		= 1<<15, | 
 | 1117 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_SMPS		= 1<<16, | 
| Kalle Valo | ab13315 | 2010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD			= 1<<17, | 
| Vivek Natarajan | 375177b | 2010-02-09 14:50:28 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | 	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS		= 1<<18, | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | 	IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR			= 1<<19, | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI			= 1<<20, | 
| Johannes Berg | e31b821 | 2010-10-05 19:39:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK		= 1<<21, | 
| Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | 	IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS				= 1<<22, | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | }; | 
 | 1125 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | /** | 
 | 1127 |  * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1128 |  * | 
 | 1129 |  * This structure contains the configuration and hardware | 
 | 1130 |  * information for an 802.11 PHY. | 
 | 1131 |  * | 
 | 1132 |  * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this | 
 | 1133 |  *	802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev | 
 | 1134 |  *	members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV() | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 |  *	and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported | 
 | 1136 |  *	bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 |  * | 
 | 1138 |  * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use. | 
 | 1139 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 |  * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use | 
 | 1141 |  *	along with this structure. | 
 | 1142 |  * | 
 | 1143 |  * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags. | 
 | 1144 |  * | 
 | 1145 |  * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb | 
 | 1146 |  *	for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.) | 
 | 1147 |  * | 
 | 1148 |  * @channel_change_time: time (in microseconds) it takes to change channels. | 
 | 1149 |  * | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 |  * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used | 
 | 1151 |  *     only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 |  * | 
| Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 |  * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval | 
 | 1154 |  *     that HW supports | 
 | 1155 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 |  * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 |  *	data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these | 
 | 1158 |  *	queues need to have configurable access parameters. | 
 | 1159 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 830f903 | 2007-10-28 14:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 |  * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware. | 
 | 1161 |  *	If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be | 
 | 1162 |  *	set before calling ieee80211_register_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 |  * | 
 | 1164 |  * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area | 
 | 1165 |  *	within &struct ieee80211_vif. | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 |  * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area | 
 | 1167 |  *	within &struct ieee80211_sta. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 |  * | 
| Helmut Schaa | 78be49e | 2010-10-02 11:31:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 |  * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw | 
 | 1170 |  *	can handle. | 
 | 1171 |  * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages | 
 | 1172 |  *	the hw can report back. | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 |  * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 |  * | 
 | 1175 |  * @napi_weight: weight used for NAPI polling.  You must specify an | 
 | 1176 |  *	appropriate value here if a napi_poll operation is provided | 
 | 1177 |  *	by your driver. | 
| Randy Dunlap | 858022a | 2011-03-18 09:33:02 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 |  * | 
| Luciano Coelho | df6ba5d | 2011-01-12 15:26:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 |  * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of | 
 | 1180 |  *	sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver | 
 | 1181 |  *	aggregation. | 
 | 1182 |  *	This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the | 
 | 1183 |  *	number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering | 
 | 1184 |  *	it shouldn't be set. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5dd36bc | 2011-01-18 13:52:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 |  * | 
 | 1186 |  * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an | 
 | 1187 |  *	aggregate an HT driver will transmit, used by the peer as a | 
 | 1188 |  *	hint to size its reorder buffer. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | struct ieee80211_hw { | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | 	struct ieee80211_conf conf; | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | 	struct wiphy *wiphy; | 
| Johannes Berg | 830f903 | 2007-10-28 14:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | 	const char *rate_control_algorithm; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | 	void *priv; | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | 	u32 flags; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | 	unsigned int extra_tx_headroom; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | 	int channel_change_time; | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | 	int vif_data_size; | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | 	int sta_data_size; | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | 	int napi_weight; | 
| Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | 	u16 queues; | 
| Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | 	u16 max_listen_interval; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | 	s8 max_signal; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | 	u8 max_rates; | 
| Helmut Schaa | 78be49e | 2010-10-02 11:31:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | 	u8 max_report_rates; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | 	u8 max_rate_tries; | 
| Luciano Coelho | df6ba5d | 2011-01-12 15:26:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | 	u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; | 
| Johannes Berg | 5dd36bc | 2011-01-18 13:52:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | 	u8 max_tx_aggregation_subframes; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | }; | 
 | 1210 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | /** | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 9a95371 | 2009-01-22 15:05:53 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 |  * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy | 
 | 1213 |  * | 
 | 1214 |  * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query | 
 | 1215 |  * | 
 | 1216 |  * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective | 
 | 1217 |  * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private | 
 | 1218 |  * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should | 
 | 1219 |  * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this | 
 | 1220 |  * is already used internally by mac80211. | 
 | 1221 |  */ | 
 | 1222 | struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy); | 
 | 1223 |  | 
 | 1224 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 |  * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware | 
 | 1226 |  * | 
 | 1227 |  * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for | 
 | 1228 |  * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device | 
 | 1229 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev) | 
 | 1231 | { | 
 | 1232 | 	set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev); | 
 | 1233 | } | 
 | 1234 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | /** | 
| Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 |  * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 |  * | 
 | 1238 |  * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for | 
 | 1239 |  * @addr: the address to set | 
 | 1240 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 *addr) | 
 | 1242 | { | 
 | 1243 | 	memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN); | 
 | 1244 | } | 
 | 1245 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | 
 | 1247 | ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | 		      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | 	if (WARN_ON(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0)) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | 		return NULL; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | } | 
 | 1254 |  | 
 | 1255 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | 
 | 1256 | ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | 			   const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | 	if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | 		return NULL; | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | } | 
 | 1263 |  | 
 | 1264 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | 
 | 1265 | ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | 			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | 	if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | 		return NULL; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | } | 
 | 1272 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | /** | 
 | 1274 |  * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 |  * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware | 
 | 1277 |  * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations. | 
 | 1278 |  * | 
 | 1279 |  * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given | 
 | 1280 |  * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and | 
| Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 |  * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL | 
 | 1282 |  * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to | 
 | 1283 |  * the station information for the peer for individual keys. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 |  * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when | 
 | 1285 |  * VLANs are configured for an access point. | 
 | 1286 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 |  * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx | 
 | 1288 |  * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf | 
 | 1289 |  * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function. | 
 | 1290 |  * | 
 | 1291 |  * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if | 
 | 1292 |  * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be | 
 | 1293 |  * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the | 
 | 1294 |  * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range. | 
 | 1295 |  * | 
 | 1296 |  * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed. | 
 | 1297 |  * | 
 | 1298 |  * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key | 
 | 1299 |  * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any | 
 | 1300 |  * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather | 
 | 1301 |  * based on the receive flags. | 
 | 1302 |  * | 
 | 1303 |  * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key | 
 | 1304 |  * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key() | 
 | 1305 |  * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate | 
 | 1306 |  * keys. | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 |  * | 
 | 1308 |  * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption | 
 | 1309 |  * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key | 
 | 1310 |  * handler. | 
 | 1311 |  * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key. | 
| Lucas De Marchi | 25985ed | 2011-03-30 22:57:33 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 |  * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 |  * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did | 
 | 1314 |  * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is | 
| Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 |  * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 |  * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 |  * DOC: Powersave support | 
 | 1321 |  * | 
 | 1322 |  * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations. | 
 | 1323 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 |  * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself, | 
 | 1325 |  * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware | 
 | 1326 |  * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode | 
 | 1327 |  * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status. | 
 | 1328 |  * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary, | 
 | 1329 |  * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required | 
 | 1330 |  * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when | 
 | 1331 |  * it finds traffic directed to it. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 |  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in | 
 | 1334 |  * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused | 
 | 1335 |  * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking | 
| Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 |  * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it | 
 | 1337 |  * back to sleep at appropriate times. | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 |  * | 
 | 1339 |  * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the | 
 | 1340 |  * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be | 
 | 1341 |  * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 |  * | 
 | 1343 |  * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also | 
 | 1344 |  * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported | 
 | 1345 |  * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and | 
 | 1346 |  * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still | 
| Johannes Berg | 955394c | 2009-04-16 17:04:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 |  * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle | 
 | 1348 |  * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 |  * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1351 |  * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the | 
 | 1352 |  * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a | 
 | 1353 |  * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to | 
 | 1354 |  * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when | 
 | 1355 |  * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle | 
 | 1356 |  * periods. | 
 | 1357 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 |  * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 |  * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS | 
 | 1360 |  * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally, | 
 | 1361 |  * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the | 
 | 1362 |  * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support | 
 | 1363 |  * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the | 
 | 1364 |  * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value | 
 | 1365 |  * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable | 
 | 1366 |  * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS | 
 | 1367 |  * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave. | 
 | 1368 |  * | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | f90754c | 2010-06-21 08:59:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 |  * Some hardware need to toggle a single shared antenna between WLAN and | 
 | 1370 |  * Bluetooth to facilitate co-existence. These types of hardware set | 
 | 1371 |  * limitations on the use of host controlled dynamic powersave whenever there | 
 | 1372 |  * is simultaneous WLAN and Bluetooth traffic. For these types of hardware, the | 
 | 1373 |  * driver may request temporarily going into full power save, in order to | 
 | 1374 |  * enable toggling the antenna between BT and WLAN. If the driver requests | 
 | 1375 |  * disabling dynamic powersave, the @dynamic_ps_timeout value will be | 
 | 1376 |  * temporarily set to zero until the driver re-enables dynamic powersave. | 
 | 1377 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 |  * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling | 
 | 1379 |  * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the | 
 | 1380 |  * uapsd paramater in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS | 
 | 1381 |  * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To | 
 | 1382 |  * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames | 
 | 1383 |  * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled. | 
 | 1384 |  * | 
 | 1385 |  * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with | 
 | 1386 |  * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 |  */ | 
 | 1388 |  | 
 | 1389 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 |  * DOC: Beacon filter support | 
 | 1391 |  * | 
 | 1392 |  * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups | 
 | 1393 |  * which will reduce system power consumption. It usuallly works so that | 
 | 1394 |  * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly | 
 | 1395 |  * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the | 
 | 1396 |  * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That | 
 | 1397 |  * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information | 
 | 1398 |  * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed. | 
 | 1399 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 955394c | 2009-04-16 17:04:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 |  * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER | 
 | 1401 |  * hardware capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support | 
 | 1402 |  * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When | 
 | 1403 |  * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the | 
 | 1404 |  * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss(). | 
 | 1405 |  * | 
 | 1406 |  * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the | 
 | 1407 |  * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call | 
 | 1408 |  * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled | 
 | 1409 |  * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future. | 
 | 1410 |  * | 
 | 1411 |  * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing | 
 | 1412 |  * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211 | 
 | 1413 |  * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense | 
 | 1414 |  * that we want to see changes in them. This will include | 
 | 1415 |  *  - a list of information element IDs | 
 | 1416 |  *  - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element | 
 | 1417 |  * | 
 | 1418 |  * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the | 
 | 1419 |  * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense | 
 | 1420 |  * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device | 
 | 1421 |  * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all | 
 | 1422 |  * vendor information elements. | 
 | 1423 |  * | 
 | 1424 |  * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information | 
 | 1425 |  * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon. | 
 | 1426 |  * | 
 | 1427 |  * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing | 
 | 1428 |  * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing | 
 | 1429 |  * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and | 
 | 1430 |  * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136, | 
 | 1431 |  * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility | 
 | 1432 |  * it could also include some currently unused IDs. | 
 | 1433 |  * | 
 | 1434 |  * | 
 | 1435 |  * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the | 
 | 1436 |  * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming | 
 | 1437 |  * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of | 
 | 1438 |  * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when | 
 | 1439 |  * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above | 
 | 1440 |  * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be | 
 | 1441 |  * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement | 
 | 1442 |  * them as the roaming algorithm requires. | 
 | 1443 |  * | 
 | 1444 |  * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to | 
 | 1445 |  * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the | 
 | 1446 |  * signal strength threshold checking. | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 |  */ | 
 | 1448 |  | 
 | 1449 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 |  * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save | 
 | 1451 |  * | 
 | 1452 |  * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve | 
 | 1453 |  * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism | 
 | 1454 |  * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009) | 
 | 1455 |  * "11.2.3 SM power save". | 
 | 1456 |  * | 
 | 1457 |  * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames | 
 | 1458 |  * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct | 
 | 1459 |  * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the | 
 | 1460 |  * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware | 
 | 1461 |  * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by | 
 | 1462 |  * hardware flags. | 
 | 1463 |  * | 
 | 1464 |  * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211 | 
 | 1465 |  * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS | 
 | 1466 |  * turned off otherwise. | 
 | 1467 |  * | 
 | 1468 |  * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate | 
 | 1469 |  * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config() | 
 | 1470 |  * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to | 
 | 1471 |  * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP. | 
 | 1472 |  */ | 
 | 1473 |  | 
 | 1474 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 |  * DOC: Frame filtering | 
 | 1476 |  * | 
 | 1477 |  * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper | 
 | 1478 |  * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when | 
 | 1479 |  * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption, | 
 | 1480 |  * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is | 
 | 1481 |  * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible. | 
 | 1482 |  * | 
 | 1483 |  * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell | 
 | 1484 |  * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be | 
 | 1485 |  * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out. | 
 | 1486 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 |  * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast() | 
 | 1488 |  * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list | 
 | 1489 |  * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces. | 
 | 1490 |  * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to | 
 | 1491 |  * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the | 
 | 1492 |  * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and | 
 | 1493 |  * @total_flags with the new flag states. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 |  * | 
 | 1495 |  * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will | 
 | 1496 |  * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count | 
 | 1497 |  * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted | 
 | 1498 |  * or dropped. | 
 | 1499 |  * | 
| Michael Buesch | d0f5afb | 2008-02-12 20:12:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 |  * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared. | 
 | 1501 |  * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_ | 
 | 1502 |  * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore | 
 | 1503 |  * the flag, but not clear it. | 
 | 1504 |  * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the | 
 | 1505 |  * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type | 
 | 1506 |  * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it). | 
 | 1507 |  * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware | 
 | 1508 |  * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes | 
 | 1509 |  * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them, | 
 | 1510 |  * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag. | 
 | 1511 |  * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 |  */ | 
 | 1513 |  | 
 | 1514 | /** | 
 | 1515 |  * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags | 
 | 1516 |  * | 
 | 1517 |  * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be | 
 | 1518 |  * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the | 
 | 1519 |  * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested, | 
 | 1520 |  * but this has negative impact on power consumption. | 
 | 1521 |  * | 
 | 1522 |  * @FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS: promiscuous mode within your BSS, | 
 | 1523 |  *	think of the BSS as your network segment and then this corresponds | 
 | 1524 |  *	to the regular ethernet device promiscuous mode. | 
 | 1525 |  * | 
 | 1526 |  * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested | 
 | 1527 |  *	by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by | 
 | 1528 |  *	multicast address. | 
 | 1529 |  * | 
 | 1530 |  * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the | 
 | 1531 |  *	%RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them) | 
 | 1532 |  * | 
 | 1533 |  * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set | 
 | 1534 |  *	the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them | 
 | 1535 |  * | 
 | 1536 |  * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate | 
 | 1537 |  *	to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses | 
 | 1538 |  *	by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing | 
 | 1539 |  *	mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should | 
 | 1540 |  *	honour this flag if possible. | 
 | 1541 |  * | 
| Igor Perminov | e3b90ca | 2009-08-04 16:48:51 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 |  * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll), if PROMISC_IN_BSS | 
| Johannes Berg | 7be5086 | 2010-10-13 12:06:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 |  * 	is not set then only those addressed to this station. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 |  * | 
 | 1545 |  * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes | 
| Igor Perminov | e3b90ca | 2009-08-04 16:48:51 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 7be5086 | 2010-10-13 12:06:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 |  * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames, if PROMISC_IN_BSS is not set then only | 
 | 1548 |  * 	those addressed to this station. | 
 | 1549 |  * | 
 | 1550 |  * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 |  */ | 
 | 1552 | enum ieee80211_filter_flags { | 
 | 1553 | 	FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS	= 1<<0, | 
 | 1554 | 	FIF_ALLMULTI		= 1<<1, | 
 | 1555 | 	FIF_FCSFAIL		= 1<<2, | 
 | 1556 | 	FIF_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<3, | 
 | 1557 | 	FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC	= 1<<4, | 
 | 1558 | 	FIF_CONTROL		= 1<<5, | 
 | 1559 | 	FIF_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<6, | 
| Igor Perminov | e3b90ca | 2009-08-04 16:48:51 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | 	FIF_PSPOLL		= 1<<7, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7be5086 | 2010-10-13 12:06:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | 	FIF_PROBE_REQ		= 1<<8, | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | }; | 
 | 1563 |  | 
 | 1564 | /** | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 |  * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions | 
 | 1566 |  * | 
 | 1567 |  * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in | 
 | 1568 |  * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed. | 
| Johannes Berg | 827d42c | 2009-11-22 12:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 |  * | 
 | 1570 |  * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation | 
 | 1571 |  * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by | 
| Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 |  * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer | 
| Johannes Berg | 827d42c | 2009-11-22 12:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 |  * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away! | 
 | 1574 |  * | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1575 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start Rx aggregation | 
 | 1576 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop Rx aggregation | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start Tx aggregation | 
 | 1578 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP: stop Tx aggregation | 
| Johannes Berg | b172023 | 2009-03-23 17:28:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 |  */ | 
 | 1581 | enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { | 
 | 1582 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START, | 
 | 1583 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START, | 
 | 1585 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP, | 
| Johannes Berg | b172023 | 2009-03-23 17:28:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | }; | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 |  | 
 | 1589 | /** | 
 | 1590 |  * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver | 
 | 1591 |  * | 
 | 1592 |  * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may | 
 | 1593 |  * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure | 
 | 1594 |  * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame. | 
 | 1595 |  * | 
 | 1596 |  * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame. | 
 | 1597 |  *	skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header. | 
 | 1598 |  *	The low-level driver should send the frame out based on | 
| Johannes Berg | eefce91 | 2008-05-17 00:57:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 |  *	configuration in the TX control data. This handler should, | 
 | 1600 |  *	preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately, more | 
 | 1601 |  *	importantly, however, it must never fail for A-MPDU-queues. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 |  *	This function should return NETDEV_TX_OK except in very | 
 | 1603 |  *	limited cases. | 
| Johannes Berg | eefce91 | 2008-05-17 00:57:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 |  *	Must be implemented and atomic. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1605 |  * | 
 | 1606 |  * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware | 
 | 1607 |  *	is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on | 
 | 1608 |  *	frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.) | 
 | 1609 |  *	Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace, | 
 | 1610 |  *	or zero. | 
 | 1611 |  *	When the device is started it should not have a MAC address | 
 | 1612 |  *	to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device | 
 | 1613 |  *	is added. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 |  *	Must be implemented and can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 |  * | 
 | 1616 |  * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware | 
 | 1617 |  *	is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least | 
 | 1618 |  *	it must turn off frame reception.) | 
 | 1619 |  *	May be called right after add_interface if that rejects | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 |  *	an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 1621 |  *	you should ensure to cancel it on this callback. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 |  *	Must be implemented and can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 |  * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and | 
 | 1625 |  *	stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then | 
 | 1626 |  *	ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is | 
 | 1627 |  *	configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and | 
 | 1628 |  *	reconfigured at resume time. | 
 | 1629 |  * | 
 | 1630 |  * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is | 
 | 1631 |  *	now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully | 
 | 1632 |  *	functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is | 
 | 1633 |  *	to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211 | 
 | 1634 |  *	will also go through the regular complete restart on resume. | 
 | 1635 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 |  * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is | 
| Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 |  *	enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 |  *	and @stop must be implemented. | 
 | 1639 |  *	The driver should perform any initialization it needs before | 
 | 1640 |  *	the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the | 
 | 1641 |  *	interface is given in the conf parameter. | 
 | 1642 |  *	The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a | 
 | 1643 |  *	negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.) | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 |  *	Must be implemented and can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 34d4bc4 | 2010-08-27 12:35:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 |  * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback | 
 | 1647 |  *	is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be | 
 | 1648 |  *	switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep. | 
 | 1649 |  *	Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be | 
 | 1650 |  *	found by the interface iteration callbacks. | 
 | 1651 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 |  * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down. | 
 | 1653 |  *	The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface | 
 | 1654 |  *	and no monitor interfaces are present. | 
 | 1655 |  *	When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware | 
 | 1656 |  *	must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets, | 
 | 1657 |  *	the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the | 
 | 1658 |  *	MAC address of the device going away. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 |  *	Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 |  * | 
 | 1661 |  * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this | 
 | 1662 |  *	function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 |  *	This function should never fail but returns a negative error code | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 |  *	if it does. The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 |  * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS | 
 | 1667 |  *	parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low | 
 | 1668 |  *	level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters). | 
 | 1669 |  *	This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless | 
 | 1670 |  *	for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 |  *	of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback | 
 | 1672 |  *	can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 |  * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration. | 
 | 1675 |  *	This callback is optional, and its return value is passed | 
 | 1676 |  *	to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic. | 
 | 1677 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 |  * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter. | 
 | 1679 |  *	See the section "Frame filtering" for more information. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 |  *	This callback must be implemented and can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 |  * | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 546c80c | 2008-08-14 11:43:20 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 |  * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 |  * 	must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 |  * | 
 | 1685 |  * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 |  *	This callback is only called between add_interface and | 
 | 1687 |  *	remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface | 
| Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 |  *	is enabled. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 |  *	Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 |  * | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 |  * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" | 
 | 1693 |  * 	This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers | 
 | 1694 |  * 	which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY. | 
| Kalle Valo | eb807fb | 2010-01-24 14:55:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 |  *	The callback must be atomic. | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1697 |  * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 |  *	the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel | 
| Kalle Valo | 9050bdd | 2009-03-22 21:57:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 |  *	configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's | 
 | 1700 |  *	registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure | 
| Johannes Berg | de95a54 | 2009-04-01 11:58:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 |  *	that power save is disabled. | 
 | 1702 |  *	The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the | 
 | 1703 |  *	entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these | 
 | 1704 |  *	at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the | 
 | 1705 |  *	(extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable). | 
 | 1706 |  *	When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called; | 
 | 1707 |  *	note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to | 
 | 1708 |  *	any error unless this callback returned a negative error code. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 |  * | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 |  * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at | 
 | 1712 |  *	specific intervals.  The driver must call the | 
 | 1713 |  *	ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results. | 
 | 1714 |  *	This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called. | 
 | 1715 |  * | 
 | 1716 |  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan. | 
 | 1717 |  * | 
| Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 |  * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan | 
 | 1719 |  *	is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 |  * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a | 
 | 1723 |  *	software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need | 
 | 1724 |  *	this notification. | 
 | 1725 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 |  * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics. | 
 | 1728 |  * 	Returns zero if statistics are available. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 62da92f | 2007-12-19 02:03:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 |  * @get_tkip_seq: If your device implements TKIP encryption in hardware this | 
 | 1732 |  *	callback should be provided to read the TKIP transmit IVs (both IV32 | 
 | 1733 |  *	and IV16) for the given key from hardware. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 |  *	The callback must be atomic. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 |  * | 
| Arik Nemtsov | f23a478 | 2010-11-08 11:51:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 |  * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this | 
 | 1737 |  *	if the device does fragmentation by itself; if this callback is | 
 | 1738 |  *	implemented then the stack will not do fragmentation. | 
 | 1739 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
 | 1740 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 |  * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it) | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 |  * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station, | 
 | 1745 |  *	AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep. | 
 | 1746 |  * | 
 | 1747 |  * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated | 
 | 1748 |  *	station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep. | 
 | 1749 |  * | 
 | 1750 |  * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an | 
| Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 |  *	associated station, AP,  IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating | 
 | 1752 |  *	in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag | 
 | 1753 |  *	%IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic. | 
| Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1755 |  * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max), | 
| Johannes Berg | fe3fa82 | 2008-09-08 11:05:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 |  *	bursting) for a hardware TX queue. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 |  *	Returns a negative error code on failure. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 |  * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently, | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 3b5d665 | 2009-01-24 07:09:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 |  *	this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 7b08b3b | 2009-02-05 17:58:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 |  *	required function. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 3b5d665 | 2009-01-24 07:09:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 |  * | 
 | 1765 |  * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware. | 
 | 1766 |  *      Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 7b08b3b | 2009-02-05 17:58:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 |  *	required function. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 |  * | 
 | 1770 |  * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize | 
 | 1771 |  *	with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This | 
 | 1772 |  *	function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of | 
 | 1773 |  *	TSF synchronization. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 |  * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us. | 
 | 1777 |  *	This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is | 
 | 1778 |  *	used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 |  *	Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | d3c990f | 2007-11-26 16:14:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 |  * | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 |  * @ampdu_action: Perform a certain A-MPDU action | 
 | 1783 |  * 	The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want | 
 | 1784 |  * 	the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through | 
 | 1785 |  * 	ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. Starting sequence number (@ssn) | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 |  * 	is the first frame we expect to perform the action on. Notice | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 |  * 	that TX/RX_STOP can pass NULL for this parameter. | 
| Johannes Berg | 0b01f03 | 2011-01-18 13:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 |  *	The @buf_size parameter is only valid when the action is set to | 
 | 1789 |  *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL and indicates the peer's reorder | 
| Johannes Berg | 5312c3f | 2011-04-01 13:52:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 |  *	buffer size (number of subframes) for this session -- the driver | 
 | 1791 |  *	may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than this | 
 | 1792 |  *	nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the | 
 | 1793 |  *	buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be | 
 | 1794 |  *	possible with a buf_size of 8: | 
 | 1795 |  *	 - TX: 1.....7 | 
 | 1796 |  *	 - RX:  2....7 (lost frame #1) | 
 | 1797 |  *	 - TX:        8..1... | 
 | 1798 |  *	which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the | 
 | 1799 |  *	buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be: | 
 | 1800 |  *	 - TX:       1 or 18 or 81 | 
 | 1801 |  *	Even "189" would be wrong since 1 could be lost again. | 
 | 1802 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 |  *	Returns a negative error code on failure. | 
| Johannes Berg | 85ad181 | 2010-06-10 10:21:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1f87f7d | 2009-06-02 13:01:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 |  * | 
| Randy Dunlap | 4e8998f | 2010-05-21 11:28:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 |  * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information | 
 | 1807 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 1f87f7d | 2009-06-02 13:01:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 |  * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also | 
 | 1809 |  *	need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration, | 
 | 1810 |  *	and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1811 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 |  * | 
| Lukáš Turek | 310bc67 | 2009-12-21 22:50:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 |  * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified | 
 | 1814 |  *	in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout | 
 | 1815 |  *	accordingly. This callback is not required and may sleep. | 
 | 1816 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 |  * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | a80f7c0 | 2009-12-23 13:15:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 |  * | 
 | 1820 |  * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure | 
 | 1821 |  *	that the hardware queues are empty. If the parameter @drop is set | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 |  *	to %true, pending frames may be dropped. The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 |  * | 
 | 1824 |  * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel | 
 | 1825 |  *	switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this | 
 | 1826 |  *	callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate | 
 | 1827 |  *	completion of the channel switch. | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 |  * | 
 | 1829 |  * @napi_poll: Poll Rx queue for incoming data frames. | 
| Bruno Randolf | 79b1c46 | 2010-11-24 14:34:41 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 |  * | 
 | 1831 |  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. | 
 | 1832 |  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may | 
 | 1833 |  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL | 
 | 1834 |  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). | 
 | 1835 |  * | 
 | 1836 |  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). | 
| Johannes Berg | 4976b4e | 2011-01-04 13:02:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 |  * | 
 | 1838 |  * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must | 
 | 1839 |  *	call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note | 
 | 1840 |  *	that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw | 
 | 1841 |  *	offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted | 
 | 1842 |  *	normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the | 
 | 1843 |  *	duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call | 
 | 1844 |  *	ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(). This callback may sleep. | 
 | 1845 |  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is | 
 | 1846 |  *	aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5f16a43 | 2011-02-25 15:36:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 |  * @offchannel_tx: Transmit frame on another channel, wait for a response | 
 | 1848 |  *	and return. Reliable TX status must be reported for the frame. If the | 
 | 1849 |  *	return value is 1, then the @remain_on_channel will be used with a | 
 | 1850 |  *	regular transmission (if supported.) | 
 | 1851 |  * @offchannel_tx_cancel_wait: cancel wait associated with offchannel TX | 
| John W. Linville | 38c0915 | 2011-03-07 16:19:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 |  * | 
 | 1853 |  * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes. | 
 | 1854 |  * | 
 | 1855 |  * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes. | 
| Vivek Natarajan | e8306f9 | 2011-04-06 11:41:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 |  * | 
 | 1857 |  * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware | 
 | 1858 |  *	queues before entering power save. | 
| Sujith Manoharan | bdbfd6b | 2011-04-27 16:56:51 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 |  * | 
 | 1860 |  * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection | 
 | 1861 |  *	when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled. | 
 | 1862 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | struct ieee80211_ops { | 
| Johannes Berg | 7bb4568 | 2011-02-24 14:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | 	void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | 	int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | 	void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | #ifdef CONFIG_PM | 
 | 1869 | 	int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan); | 
 | 1870 | 	int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 1871 | #endif | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | 	int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1873 | 			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Johannes Berg | 34d4bc4 | 2010-08-27 12:35:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1874 | 	int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1875 | 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | 				enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | 	void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | 	int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed); | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | 	void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1881 | 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 1882 | 				 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, | 
 | 1883 | 				 u32 changed); | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | 	u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Jiri Pirko | 22bedad | 2010-04-01 21:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | 				 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | 	void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1887 | 				 unsigned int changed_flags, | 
 | 1888 | 				 unsigned int *total_flags, | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | 				 u64 multicast); | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | 	int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 1891 | 		       bool set); | 
| Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | 	int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd, | 
| Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | 		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | 		       struct ieee80211_key_conf *key); | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | 	void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | b3fbdcf | 2010-01-21 11:40:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 1897 | 				struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf, | 
 | 1898 | 				struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 1899 | 				u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key); | 
| Johannes Berg | a060bbf | 2010-04-27 11:59:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | 	int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Johannes Berg | 2a51931 | 2009-02-10 21:25:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | 		       struct cfg80211_scan_request *req); | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | 	int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1903 | 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 1904 | 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req, | 
 | 1905 | 				struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies *ies); | 
 | 1906 | 	void (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1907 | 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | 	void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 1909 | 	void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | 	int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1911 | 			 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats); | 
| Johannes Berg | 62da92f | 2007-12-19 02:03:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | 	void (*get_tkip_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 hw_key_idx, | 
 | 1913 | 			     u32 *iv32, u16 *iv16); | 
| Arik Nemtsov | f23a478 | 2010-11-08 11:51:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 | 	int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | 	int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); | 
| Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | 	int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 1917 | 		       struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | 
 | 1918 | 	int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 1919 | 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | 	void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | 			enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | 	int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u16 queue, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 | 		       const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | 	u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 3b5d665 | 2009-01-24 07:09:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | 	void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u64 tsf); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | 	void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | 	int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | 	int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | 			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | 			    enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action, | 
| Johannes Berg | 0b01f03 | 2011-01-18 13:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | 			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, u16 *ssn, | 
 | 1932 | 			    u8 buf_size); | 
| Holger Schurig | 1289723 | 2010-04-19 10:23:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | 	int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx, | 
 | 1934 | 		struct survey_info *survey); | 
| Johannes Berg | 1f87f7d | 2009-06-02 13:01:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | 	void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Lukáš Turek | 310bc67 | 2009-12-21 22:50:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | 	void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 coverage_class); | 
| Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE | 
 | 1938 | 	int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *data, int len); | 
 | 1939 | #endif | 
| Johannes Berg | a80f7c0 | 2009-12-23 13:15:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | 	void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool drop); | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | 	void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1942 | 			       struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1943 | 	int (*napi_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int budget); | 
| Bruno Randolf | 15d9675 | 2010-11-10 12:50:56 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 1944 | 	int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); | 
 | 1945 | 	int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); | 
| Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 |  | 
 | 1947 | 	int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1948 | 				 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, | 
 | 1949 | 				 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type, | 
 | 1950 | 				 int duration); | 
 | 1951 | 	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Johannes Berg | 5f16a43 | 2011-02-25 15:36:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 | 	int (*offchannel_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb, | 
 | 1953 | 			     struct ieee80211_channel *chan, | 
 | 1954 | 			     enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type, | 
 | 1955 | 			     unsigned int wait); | 
 | 1956 | 	int (*offchannel_tx_cancel_wait)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| John W. Linville | 38c0915 | 2011-03-07 16:19:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | 	int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx); | 
 | 1958 | 	void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 1959 | 			      u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max); | 
| Vivek Natarajan | e8306f9 | 2011-04-06 11:41:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 | 	bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Sujith Manoharan | bdbfd6b | 2011-04-27 16:56:51 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 | 	int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 1962 | 				const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | }; | 
 | 1964 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 | /** | 
 | 1966 |  * ieee80211_alloc_hw -  Allocate a new hardware device | 
 | 1967 |  * | 
 | 1968 |  * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer | 
 | 1969 |  * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. | 
 | 1970 |  * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by | 
 | 1971 |  * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as | 
 | 1972 |  * @priv_data_len. | 
 | 1973 |  * | 
 | 1974 |  * @priv_data_len: length of private data | 
 | 1975 |  * @ops: callbacks for this device | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 |  */ | 
 | 1977 | struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len, | 
 | 1978 | 					const struct ieee80211_ops *ops); | 
 | 1979 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | /** | 
 | 1981 |  * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device | 
 | 1982 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | dbbea67 | 2008-02-26 14:34:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 |  * You must call this function before any other functions in | 
 | 1984 |  * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you | 
 | 1985 |  * need to fill the contained wiphy's information. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 |  * | 
 | 1987 |  * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
 | 1988 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 1990 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | /** | 
 | 1992 |  * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description | 
 | 1993 |  * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec | 
 | 1994 |  * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds | 
 | 1995 |  *	(full cycle, ie. one off + one on period) | 
 | 1996 |  */ | 
 | 1997 | struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { | 
 | 1998 | 	int throughput; | 
 | 1999 | 	int blink_time; | 
 | 2000 | }; | 
 | 2001 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | /** | 
 | 2003 |  * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags | 
 | 2004 |  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio | 
 | 2005 |  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working | 
 | 2006 |  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one | 
 | 2007 |  *	interface is connected in some way, including being an AP | 
 | 2008 |  */ | 
 | 2009 | enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags { | 
 | 2010 | 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO		= BIT(0), | 
 | 2011 | 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK		= BIT(1), | 
 | 2012 | 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED	= BIT(2), | 
 | 2013 | }; | 
 | 2014 |  | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2016 | extern char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2017 | extern char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Michael Buesch | 47f0c50 | 2007-09-27 15:10:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | extern char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | extern char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | extern char *__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger( | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | 				struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | 				const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, | 
 | 2023 | 				unsigned int blink_table_len); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | #endif | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | /** | 
 | 2026 |  * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED | 
 | 2027 |  * | 
 | 2028 |  * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware | 
 | 2029 |  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | 
 | 2030 |  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | 
 | 2031 |  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | 
 | 2032 |  * | 
 | 2033 |  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | 
 | 2034 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | static inline char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) | 
 | 2036 | { | 
 | 2037 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2038 | 	return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw); | 
 | 2039 | #else | 
 | 2040 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2041 | #endif | 
 | 2042 | } | 
 | 2043 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | /** | 
 | 2045 |  * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED | 
 | 2046 |  * | 
 | 2047 |  * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware | 
 | 2048 |  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | 
 | 2049 |  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | 
 | 2050 |  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | 
 | 2051 |  * | 
 | 2052 |  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | 
 | 2053 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2054 | static inline char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) | 
 | 2055 | { | 
 | 2056 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2057 | 	return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw); | 
 | 2058 | #else | 
 | 2059 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2060 | #endif | 
 | 2061 | } | 
 | 2062 |  | 
| Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | /** | 
 | 2064 |  * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED | 
 | 2065 |  * | 
 | 2066 |  * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware | 
 | 2067 |  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | 
 | 2068 |  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | 
 | 2069 |  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | 
 | 2070 |  * | 
 | 2071 |  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | 
 | 2072 |  */ | 
| Michael Buesch | 47f0c50 | 2007-09-27 15:10:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | static inline char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) | 
 | 2074 | { | 
 | 2075 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2076 | 	return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw); | 
 | 2077 | #else | 
 | 2078 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2079 | #endif | 
 | 2080 | } | 
 | 2081 |  | 
| Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | /** | 
 | 2083 |  * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED | 
 | 2084 |  * | 
 | 2085 |  * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware | 
 | 2086 |  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | 
 | 2087 |  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | 
 | 2088 |  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | 
 | 2089 |  * | 
 | 2090 |  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | 
 | 2091 |  */ | 
 | 2092 | static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) | 
 | 2093 | { | 
 | 2094 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2095 | 	return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw); | 
 | 2096 | #else | 
 | 2097 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2098 | #endif | 
 | 2099 | } | 
| Michael Buesch | 47f0c50 | 2007-09-27 15:10:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2101 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 |  * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger | 
 | 2103 |  * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 |  * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 |  * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput | 
 | 2106 |  * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table | 
 | 2107 |  * | 
 | 2108 |  * This function returns %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED | 
 | 2109 |  * triggers are configured) or the name of the new trigger. | 
 | 2110 |  * This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). | 
 | 2111 |  */ | 
 | 2112 | static inline char * | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 | 				 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, | 
 | 2115 | 				 unsigned int blink_table_len) | 
 | 2116 | { | 
 | 2117 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2118 | 	return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table, | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | 						  blink_table_len); | 
 | 2120 | #else | 
 | 2121 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2122 | #endif | 
 | 2123 | } | 
 | 2124 |  | 
 | 2125 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2126 |  * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device | 
 | 2127 |  * | 
 | 2128 |  * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources | 
 | 2129 |  * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem. | 
 | 2130 |  * | 
 | 2131 |  * @hw: the hardware to unregister | 
 | 2132 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2134 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | /** | 
 | 2136 |  * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor | 
 | 2137 |  * | 
 | 2138 |  * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the | 
 | 2139 |  * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw() | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 |  * before calling this function. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 |  * | 
 | 2142 |  * @hw: the hardware to free | 
 | 2143 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2145 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | f2753dd | 2009-04-14 10:09:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | /** | 
 | 2147 |  * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely | 
 | 2148 |  * | 
 | 2149 |  * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason | 
 | 2150 |  * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state | 
 | 2151 |  * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware | 
 | 2152 |  * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by | 
 | 2153 |  * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all | 
 | 2154 |  * internal state that it has prior to calling this function. | 
 | 2155 |  * | 
 | 2156 |  * @hw: the hardware to restart | 
 | 2157 |  */ | 
 | 2158 | void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2159 |  | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | /** ieee80211_napi_schedule - schedule NAPI poll | 
 | 2161 |  * | 
 | 2162 |  * Use this function to schedule NAPI polling on a device. | 
 | 2163 |  * | 
 | 2164 |  * @hw: the hardware to start polling | 
 | 2165 |  */ | 
 | 2166 | void ieee80211_napi_schedule(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2167 |  | 
 | 2168 | /** ieee80211_napi_complete - complete NAPI polling | 
 | 2169 |  * | 
 | 2170 |  * Use this function to finish NAPI polling on a device. | 
 | 2171 |  * | 
 | 2172 |  * @hw: the hardware to stop polling | 
 | 2173 |  */ | 
 | 2174 | void ieee80211_napi_complete(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2175 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2176 | /** | 
 | 2177 |  * ieee80211_rx - receive frame | 
 | 2178 |  * | 
 | 2179 |  * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive | 
| Zhu Yi | e3cf8b3 | 2010-03-29 17:35:07 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 |  * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a | 
 | 2181 |  * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 | 
 | 2182 |  * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory | 
 | 2183 |  * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2185 |  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2186 |  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to | 
 | 2187 |  * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be | 
 | 2188 |  * mixed for a single hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 |  * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni(). | 
| Johannes Berg | d20ef63 | 2009-10-11 15:10:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 |  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | 
 | 2193 |  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 |  */ | 
| John W. Linville | 103bf9f | 2009-08-20 16:34:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2196 |  | 
 | 2197 | /** | 
 | 2198 |  * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame | 
 | 2199 |  * | 
 | 2200 |  * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 |  * (internally defers to a tasklet.) | 
 | 2202 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 |  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not | 
 | 2204 |  * be mixed for a single hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 |  * | 
 | 2206 |  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | 
 | 2207 |  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 |  * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context) | 
 | 2213 |  * | 
 | 2214 |  * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context | 
 | 2215 |  * (internally disables bottom halves). | 
 | 2216 |  * | 
 | 2217 |  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may | 
 | 2218 |  * not be mixed for a single hardware. | 
 | 2219 |  * | 
 | 2220 |  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | 
 | 2221 |  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
 | 2222 |  */ | 
 | 2223 | static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2224 | 				   struct sk_buff *skb) | 
 | 2225 | { | 
 | 2226 | 	local_bh_disable(); | 
 | 2227 | 	ieee80211_rx(hw, skb); | 
 | 2228 | 	local_bh_enable(); | 
 | 2229 | } | 
 | 2230 |  | 
| Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | /** | 
 | 2232 |  * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta | 
 | 2233 |  * | 
 | 2234 |  * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS | 
 | 2235 |  * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station | 
 | 2236 |  * entering/leaving PS mode. | 
 | 2237 |  * | 
 | 2238 |  * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled. | 
 | 2239 |  * | 
 | 2240 |  * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against | 
 | 2241 |  * each other. | 
 | 2242 |  * | 
 | 2243 |  * The function returns -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set. | 
 | 2244 |  * | 
 | 2245 |  * @sta: currently connected sta | 
 | 2246 |  * @start: start or stop PS | 
 | 2247 |  */ | 
 | 2248 | int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start); | 
 | 2249 |  | 
 | 2250 | /** | 
 | 2251 |  * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta | 
 | 2252 |  *                                  (in process context) | 
 | 2253 |  * | 
 | 2254 |  * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context | 
 | 2255 |  * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still | 
 | 2256 |  * applies. | 
 | 2257 |  * | 
 | 2258 |  * @sta: currently connected sta | 
 | 2259 |  * @start: start or stop PS | 
 | 2260 |  */ | 
 | 2261 | static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 2262 | 						  bool start) | 
 | 2263 | { | 
 | 2264 | 	int ret; | 
 | 2265 |  | 
 | 2266 | 	local_bh_disable(); | 
 | 2267 | 	ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start); | 
 | 2268 | 	local_bh_enable(); | 
 | 2269 |  | 
 | 2270 | 	return ret; | 
 | 2271 | } | 
 | 2272 |  | 
| Gertjan van Wingerde | d24deb2 | 2009-12-04 23:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | /* | 
 | 2274 |  * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions. | 
 | 2275 |  * This is enough for the radiotap header. | 
 | 2276 |  */ | 
 | 2277 | #define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM	13 | 
 | 2278 |  | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | /** | 
| Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 |  * ieee80211_sta_set_tim - set the TIM bit for a sleeping station | 
| Randy Dunlap | bdfbe80 | 2011-05-22 17:22:45 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 |  * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station | 
| Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 |  * | 
 | 2283 |  * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing | 
 | 2284 |  * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station needs to be told | 
 | 2285 |  * to wake up using the TIM bitmap in the beacon. | 
 | 2286 |  * | 
 | 2287 |  * This function sets the station's TIM bit - it will be cleared when the | 
 | 2288 |  * station wakes up. | 
 | 2289 |  */ | 
 | 2290 | void ieee80211_sta_set_tim(struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | 
 | 2291 |  | 
 | 2292 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 |  * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback | 
 | 2294 |  * | 
 | 2295 |  * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been | 
 | 2296 |  * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for | 
 | 2297 |  * multicast frames but this can affect statistics. | 
 | 2298 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 |  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function | 
 | 2300 |  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls | 
| Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 |  * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() | 
 | 2302 |  * may not be mixed for a single hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 |  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | 
 | 2305 |  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | 			 struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 |  | 
 | 2310 | /** | 
| Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2311 |  * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) | 
 | 2312 |  * | 
 | 2313 |  * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context. | 
 | 2314 |  * | 
 | 2315 |  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and | 
 | 2316 |  * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed | 
 | 2317 |  * for a single hardware. | 
 | 2318 |  * | 
 | 2319 |  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | 
 | 2320 |  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
 | 2321 |  */ | 
 | 2322 | static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2323 | 					  struct sk_buff *skb) | 
 | 2324 | { | 
 | 2325 | 	local_bh_disable(); | 
 | 2326 | 	ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb); | 
 | 2327 | 	local_bh_enable(); | 
 | 2328 | } | 
 | 2329 |  | 
 | 2330 | /** | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 |  * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 |  * | 
 | 2333 |  * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context | 
 | 2334 |  * (internally defers to a tasklet.) | 
 | 2335 |  * | 
| Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 |  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and | 
 | 2337 |  * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 |  * | 
 | 2339 |  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | 
 | 2340 |  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | 				 struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 |  | 
 | 2345 | /** | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 8178d38 | 2011-04-18 14:22:28 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 |  * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station | 
 | 2347 |  * | 
 | 2348 |  * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding | 
 | 2349 |  * connected STA. | 
 | 2350 |  * | 
 | 2351 |  * @sta: the non-responding connected sta | 
 | 2352 |  * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response | 
 | 2353 |  */ | 
 | 2354 | void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets); | 
 | 2355 |  | 
 | 2356 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 |  * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function | 
 | 2358 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 |  * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset. | 
 | 2361 |  *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). | 
 | 2362 |  * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length, | 
 | 2363 |  *	(including the ID and length bytes!). | 
 | 2364 |  *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). | 
 | 2365 |  * | 
 | 2366 |  * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to | 
 | 2367 |  * obtain the beacon frame/template. | 
 | 2368 |  * | 
 | 2369 |  * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | 
 | 2370 |  * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon | 
 | 2371 |  * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function | 
 | 2372 |  * before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt). | 
 | 2373 |  * | 
 | 2374 |  * If the beacon frames are generated by the device, then the driver | 
 | 2375 |  * must use the returned beacon as the template and change the TIM IE | 
 | 2376 |  * according to the current DTIM parameters/TIM bitmap. | 
 | 2377 |  * | 
 | 2378 |  * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. | 
 | 2379 |  */ | 
 | 2380 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2381 | 					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2382 | 					 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length); | 
 | 2383 |  | 
 | 2384 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 |  * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function | 
 | 2386 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 |  * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2392 | 						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | 
 | 2393 | { | 
 | 2394 | 	return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL); | 
 | 2395 | } | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 |  | 
 | 2397 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | 7044cc5 | 2010-01-05 20:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 |  * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template | 
 | 2399 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2400 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2401 |  * | 
 | 2402 |  * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to | 
 | 2403 |  * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct | 
 | 2404 |  * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used. | 
 | 2405 |  * | 
 | 2406 |  * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the | 
 | 2407 |  * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit. | 
 | 2408 |  */ | 
 | 2409 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2410 | 				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2411 |  | 
 | 2412 | /** | 
 | 2413 |  * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template | 
 | 2414 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2415 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2416 |  * | 
 | 2417 |  * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to | 
 | 2418 |  * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct | 
 | 2419 |  * BSSID and address is used. | 
 | 2420 |  * | 
 | 2421 |  * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the | 
 | 2422 |  * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields. | 
 | 2423 |  */ | 
 | 2424 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2425 | 				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2426 |  | 
 | 2427 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | 05e54ea | 2010-01-05 20:16:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 |  * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template | 
 | 2429 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2430 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2431 |  * @ssid: SSID buffer | 
 | 2432 |  * @ssid_len: length of SSID | 
 | 2433 |  * @ie: buffer containing all IEs except SSID for the template | 
 | 2434 |  * @ie_len: length of the IE buffer | 
 | 2435 |  * | 
 | 2436 |  * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to | 
 | 2437 |  * hardware. | 
 | 2438 |  */ | 
 | 2439 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2440 | 				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2441 | 				       const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, | 
 | 2442 | 				       const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len); | 
 | 2443 |  | 
 | 2444 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 |  * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function | 
 | 2446 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 |  * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. | 
 | 2449 |  * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 |  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 |  * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame. | 
 | 2452 |  * | 
 | 2453 |  * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | 
 | 2454 |  * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive | 
 | 2455 |  * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible | 
 | 2456 |  * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed. | 
 | 2457 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | 		       const void *frame, size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | 		       const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | 		       struct ieee80211_rts *rts); | 
 | 2462 |  | 
 | 2463 | /** | 
 | 2464 |  * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame | 
 | 2465 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 |  * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 |  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 |  * | 
 | 2470 |  * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide | 
 | 2471 |  * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive | 
 | 2472 |  * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. | 
 | 2473 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | __le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2475 | 			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | 			      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 |  | 
 | 2478 | /** | 
 | 2479 |  * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function | 
 | 2480 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 |  * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. | 
 | 2483 |  * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 |  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 |  * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame. | 
 | 2486 |  * | 
 | 2487 |  * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | 
 | 2488 |  * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive | 
 | 2489 |  * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible | 
 | 2490 |  * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed. | 
 | 2491 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 | void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2493 | 			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2494 | 			     const void *frame, size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 | 			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | 			     struct ieee80211_cts *cts); | 
 | 2497 |  | 
 | 2498 | /** | 
 | 2499 |  * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame | 
 | 2500 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 |  * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 |  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 |  * | 
 | 2505 |  * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide | 
 | 2506 |  * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive | 
 | 2507 |  * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. | 
 | 2508 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | __le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2510 | 				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 | 				    size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2512 | 				    const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2513 |  | 
 | 2514 | /** | 
 | 2515 |  * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame | 
 | 2516 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 |  * @frame_len: the length of the frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 |  * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 |  * | 
 | 2521 |  * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its | 
 | 2522 |  * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps). | 
 | 2523 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 | __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2525 | 					struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | 					size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 | 					struct ieee80211_rate *rate); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 |  | 
 | 2529 | /** | 
 | 2530 |  * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames | 
 | 2531 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 |  * | 
 | 2534 |  * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If | 
 | 2535 |  * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast | 
 | 2536 |  * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host | 
 | 2537 |  * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered | 
 | 2538 |  * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame. This | 
 | 2539 |  * function returns a pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more | 
 | 2540 |  * buffered frames are available. | 
 | 2541 |  * | 
 | 2542 |  * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was | 
 | 2543 |  * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus | 
 | 2544 |  * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns | 
 | 2545 |  * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver | 
 | 2546 |  * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to | 
 | 2547 |  * use common code for all beacons. | 
 | 2548 |  */ | 
 | 2549 | struct sk_buff * | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2552 | /** | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 |  * ieee80211_get_tkip_key - get a TKIP rc4 for skb | 
 | 2554 |  * | 
 | 2555 |  * This function computes a TKIP rc4 key for an skb. It computes | 
 | 2556 |  * a phase 1 key if needed (iv16 wraps around). This function is to | 
 | 2557 |  * be used by drivers which can do HW encryption but need to compute | 
 | 2558 |  * to phase 1/2 key in SW. | 
 | 2559 |  * | 
 | 2560 |  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | 
 | 2561 |  * @skb: the skb for which the key is needed | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 |  * @type: TBD | 
| Randy Dunlap | ea2d8b5 | 2008-10-27 09:47:03 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 |  * @key: a buffer to which the key will be written | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 |  */ | 
 | 2565 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | 
 | 2566 | 				struct sk_buff *skb, | 
 | 2567 | 				enum ieee80211_tkip_key_type type, u8 *key); | 
 | 2568 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 |  * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue | 
 | 2570 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2571 |  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | 
 | 2572 |  * | 
 | 2573 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. | 
 | 2574 |  */ | 
 | 2575 | void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | 
 | 2576 |  | 
 | 2577 | /** | 
 | 2578 |  * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue | 
 | 2579 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2580 |  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | 
 | 2581 |  * | 
 | 2582 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | 
 | 2583 |  */ | 
 | 2584 | void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | 
 | 2585 |  | 
 | 2586 | /** | 
| Tomas Winkler | 92ab853 | 2008-07-24 21:02:04 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 |  * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue | 
 | 2588 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2589 |  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | 
 | 2590 |  * | 
 | 2591 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | 
 | 2592 |  */ | 
 | 2593 |  | 
 | 2594 | int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | 
 | 2595 |  | 
 | 2596 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 |  * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues | 
 | 2598 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2599 |  * | 
 | 2600 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | 
 | 2601 |  */ | 
 | 2602 | void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2603 |  | 
 | 2604 | /** | 
 | 2605 |  * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues | 
 | 2606 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2607 |  * | 
 | 2608 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. | 
 | 2609 |  */ | 
 | 2610 | void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2611 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | /** | 
 | 2613 |  * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan | 
 | 2614 |  * | 
 | 2615 |  * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is | 
 | 2616 |  * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify | 
| Johannes Berg | 8789d45 | 2010-08-26 13:30:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 |  * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from | 
 | 2618 |  * any context, including hardirq context. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 |  * | 
 | 2620 |  * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan | 
| Johannes Berg | 2a51931 | 2009-02-10 21:25:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 |  * @aborted: set to true if scan was aborted | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 2a51931 | 2009-02-10 21:25:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool aborted); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | /** | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 |  * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan | 
 | 2627 |  * | 
 | 2628 |  * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the | 
 | 2629 |  * driver whenever there are new scan results available. | 
 | 2630 |  * | 
 | 2631 |  * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans | 
 | 2632 |  */ | 
 | 2633 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2634 |  | 
 | 2635 | /** | 
 | 2636 |  * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped | 
 | 2637 |  * | 
 | 2638 |  * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by | 
 | 2639 |  * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task. | 
 | 2640 |  * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan | 
 | 2641 |  * while associating, for instance. | 
 | 2642 |  * | 
 | 2643 |  * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans | 
 | 2644 |  */ | 
 | 2645 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2646 |  | 
 | 2647 | /** | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2648 |  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 |  * | 
 | 2650 |  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | 
 | 2651 |  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 |  * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator | 
 | 2653 |  * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can | 
 | 2654 |  * be used. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 2944f45 | 2010-09-14 18:37:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2655 |  * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface() | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 |  * | 
 | 2657 |  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 |  * @iterator: the iterator function to call | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 |  * @data: first argument of the iterator function | 
 | 2660 |  */ | 
 | 2661 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2662 | 					 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | 						struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | 					 void *data); | 
 | 2665 |  | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | /** | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 |  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces | 
 | 2668 |  * | 
 | 2669 |  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | 
 | 2670 |  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | 
 | 2671 |  * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, | 
 | 2672 |  * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 2944f45 | 2010-09-14 18:37:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 |  * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface() | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 |  * | 
 | 2675 |  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | 
 | 2676 |  * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep | 
 | 2677 |  * @data: first argument of the iterator function | 
 | 2678 |  */ | 
 | 2679 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2680 | 						void (*iterator)(void *data, | 
 | 2681 | 						    u8 *mac, | 
 | 2682 | 						    struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | 
 | 2683 | 						void *data); | 
 | 2684 |  | 
 | 2685 | /** | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 |  * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 2687 |  * | 
 | 2688 |  * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue. | 
 | 2689 |  * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be. | 
 | 2690 |  * | 
 | 2691 |  * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for | 
 | 2692 |  * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 2693 |  */ | 
 | 2694 | void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work); | 
 | 2695 |  | 
 | 2696 | /** | 
 | 2697 |  * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 2698 |  * | 
 | 2699 |  * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211 | 
 | 2700 |  * workqueue. | 
 | 2701 |  * | 
 | 2702 |  * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for | 
 | 2703 |  * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 2704 |  * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing | 
 | 2705 |  */ | 
 | 2706 | void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2707 | 				  struct delayed_work *dwork, | 
 | 2708 | 				  unsigned long delay); | 
 | 2709 |  | 
 | 2710 | /** | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 |  * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session. | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 |  * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 |  * @tid: the TID to BA on. | 
| Sujith Manoharan | bd2ce6e | 2010-12-15 07:47:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 |  * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs) | 
| Randy Dunlap | ea2d8b5 | 2008-10-27 09:47:03 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 |  * | 
 | 2716 |  * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2717 |  * | 
 | 2718 |  * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate | 
 | 2719 |  * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level | 
 | 2720 |  * will be managed by the mac80211. | 
 | 2721 |  */ | 
| Sujith Manoharan | bd2ce6e | 2010-12-15 07:47:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, | 
 | 2723 | 				  u16 timeout); | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 |  | 
 | 2725 | /** | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 |  * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 |  * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. | 
 | 2729 |  * @tid: the TID to BA on. | 
 | 2730 |  * | 
 | 2731 |  * This function must be called by low level driver once it has | 
| Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 |  * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called | 
 | 2733 |  * from any context. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2734 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2735 | void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | 				      u16 tid); | 
 | 2737 |  | 
 | 2738 | /** | 
 | 2739 |  * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session. | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 |  * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 |  * @tid: the TID to stop BA. | 
| Randy Dunlap | ea2d8b5 | 2008-10-27 09:47:03 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 6a8579d | 2010-05-27 14:41:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 |  * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 |  * | 
 | 2745 |  * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate | 
 | 2746 |  * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level | 
 | 2747 |  * will be managed by the mac80211. | 
 | 2748 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 6a8579d | 2010-05-27 14:41:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid); | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 |  | 
 | 2751 | /** | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 |  * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2753 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 |  * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. | 
 | 2755 |  * @tid: the desired TID to BA on. | 
 | 2756 |  * | 
 | 2757 |  * This function must be called by low level driver once it has | 
| Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 |  * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It | 
 | 2759 |  * can be called from any context. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2760 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | 				     u16 tid); | 
 | 2763 |  | 
| Mohamed Abbas | 84363e6 | 2008-04-04 16:59:58 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 |  * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station | 
 | 2766 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 |  * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 |  * @addr: station's address | 
 | 2769 |  * | 
 | 2770 |  * This function must be called under RCU lock and the | 
 | 2771 |  * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. | 
 | 2772 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 | 					 const u8 *addr); | 
 | 2775 |  | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | /** | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 |  * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 |  * | 
 | 2779 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 |  * @addr: remote station's address | 
 | 2781 |  * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 |  * | 
 | 2783 |  * This function must be called under RCU lock and the | 
 | 2784 |  * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. | 
 | 2785 |  * | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 |  * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get | 
 | 2787 |  *      the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'. | 
 | 2788 |  *      We can have multiple STA associated with multiple | 
 | 2789 |  *      logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another | 
 | 2790 |  *      BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first). | 
 | 2791 |  *      In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL | 
 | 2792 |  *      is not reliable. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 |  * | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 |  * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 |  */ | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2797 | 					       const u8 *addr, | 
 | 2798 | 					       const u8 *localaddr); | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 |  | 
 | 2800 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | af81858 | 2009-11-06 11:35:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 |  * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up | 
 | 2802 |  * @hw: the hardware | 
 | 2803 |  * @pubsta: the station | 
 | 2804 |  * @block: whether to block or unblock | 
 | 2805 |  * | 
 | 2806 |  * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues | 
 | 2807 |  * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before | 
 | 2808 |  * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be | 
 | 2809 |  * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected | 
 | 2810 |  * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag. | 
 | 2811 |  * | 
 | 2812 |  * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free | 
 | 2813 |  * manner. | 
 | 2814 |  * | 
 | 2815 |  * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames | 
 | 2816 |  * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not | 
 | 2817 |  * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call | 
 | 2818 |  * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to | 
 | 2819 |  * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the | 
 | 2820 |  * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must | 
 | 2821 |  * call this function again to unblock the station. That will | 
 | 2822 |  * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if | 
 | 2823 |  * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also | 
 | 2824 |  * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver | 
 | 2825 |  * will be notified that the station woke up some time after | 
 | 2826 |  * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually | 
 | 2827 |  * woke up while blocked or not. | 
 | 2828 |  */ | 
 | 2829 | void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2830 | 			       struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block); | 
 | 2831 |  | 
 | 2832 | /** | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a619a4c | 2010-11-11 08:50:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 |  * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template | 
 | 2834 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2835 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2836 |  * | 
 | 2837 |  * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to | 
 | 2838 |  * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate | 
 | 2839 |  * information. This function must only be called from within the | 
 | 2840 |  * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function | 
 | 2841 |  * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return | 
 | 2842 |  * NULL. | 
 | 2843 |  */ | 
 | 2844 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2845 | 					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2846 |  | 
 | 2847 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 |  * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons | 
 | 2849 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 |  * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER and | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 |  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 |  * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function. | 
 | 2855 |  */ | 
 | 2856 | void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 |  | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 | /** | 
 | 2859 |  * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP | 
 | 2860 |  * | 
 | 2861 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2862 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 |  * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER, and | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 |  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver | 
 | 2865 |  * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost. | 
 | 2866 |  * | 
 | 2867 |  * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state, | 
 | 2868 |  * without connection recovery attempts. | 
 | 2869 |  */ | 
 | 2870 | void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2871 |  | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | /** | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | f90754c | 2010-06-21 08:59:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 |  * ieee80211_disable_dyn_ps - force mac80211 to temporarily disable dynamic psm | 
 | 2874 |  * | 
 | 2875 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2876 |  * | 
 | 2877 |  * Some hardware require full power save to manage simultaneous BT traffic | 
 | 2878 |  * on the WLAN frequency. Full PSM is required periodically, whenever there are | 
 | 2879 |  * burst of BT traffic. The hardware gets information of BT traffic via | 
 | 2880 |  * hardware co-existence lines, and consequentially requests mac80211 to | 
 | 2881 |  * (temporarily) enter full psm. | 
 | 2882 |  * This function will only temporarily disable dynamic PS, not enable PSM if | 
 | 2883 |  * it was not already enabled. | 
 | 2884 |  * The driver must make sure to re-enable dynamic PS using | 
 | 2885 |  * ieee80211_enable_dyn_ps() if the driver has disabled it. | 
 | 2886 |  * | 
 | 2887 |  */ | 
 | 2888 | void ieee80211_disable_dyn_ps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2889 |  | 
 | 2890 | /** | 
 | 2891 |  * ieee80211_enable_dyn_ps - restore dynamic psm after being disabled | 
 | 2892 |  * | 
 | 2893 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2894 |  * | 
 | 2895 |  * This function restores dynamic PS after being temporarily disabled via | 
 | 2896 |  * ieee80211_disable_dyn_ps(). Each ieee80211_disable_dyn_ps() call must | 
 | 2897 |  * be coupled with an eventual call to this function. | 
 | 2898 |  * | 
 | 2899 |  */ | 
 | 2900 | void ieee80211_enable_dyn_ps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2901 |  | 
 | 2902 | /** | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 |  * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring | 
 | 2904 |  *	rssi threshold triggered | 
 | 2905 |  * | 
 | 2906 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2907 |  * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type | 
 | 2908 |  * @gfp: context flags | 
 | 2909 |  * | 
 | 2910 |  * When the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality | 
 | 2911 |  * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform | 
 | 2912 |  * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold. | 
 | 2913 |  */ | 
 | 2914 | void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2915 | 			       enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, | 
 | 2916 | 			       gfp_t gfp); | 
 | 2917 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | /** | 
 | 2919 |  * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process | 
 | 2920 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2921 |  * @success: make the channel switch successful or not | 
 | 2922 |  * | 
 | 2923 |  * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel | 
 | 2924 |  * and wake up the suspended queues. | 
 | 2925 |  */ | 
 | 2926 | void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success); | 
 | 2927 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | d1f5b7a | 2010-08-05 17:05:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | /** | 
 | 2929 |  * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition | 
 | 2930 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Johannes Berg | 633dd1e | 2010-08-18 15:01:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2931 |  * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode | 
| Johannes Berg | d1f5b7a | 2010-08-05 17:05:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 |  * | 
 | 2933 |  * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed | 
 | 2934 |  * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than | 
 | 2935 |  * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth. | 
 | 2936 |  */ | 
 | 2937 | void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2938 | 			    enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode); | 
 | 2939 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e31b821 | 2010-10-05 19:39:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 | /** | 
 | 2941 |  * ieee80211_key_removed - disable hw acceleration for key | 
 | 2942 |  * @key_conf: The key hw acceleration should be disabled for | 
 | 2943 |  * | 
 | 2944 |  * This allows drivers to indicate that the given key has been | 
 | 2945 |  * removed from hardware acceleration, due to a new key that | 
 | 2946 |  * was added. Don't use this if the key can continue to be used | 
 | 2947 |  * for TX, if the key restriction is on RX only it is permitted | 
 | 2948 |  * to keep the key for TX only and not call this function. | 
 | 2949 |  * | 
 | 2950 |  * Due to locking constraints, it may only be called during | 
 | 2951 |  * @set_key. This function must be allowed to sleep, and the | 
 | 2952 |  * key it tries to disable may still be used until it returns. | 
 | 2953 |  */ | 
 | 2954 | void ieee80211_key_removed(struct ieee80211_key_conf *key_conf); | 
 | 2955 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | /** | 
 | 2957 |  * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start | 
 | 2958 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
 | 2959 |  */ | 
 | 2960 | void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2961 |  | 
 | 2962 | /** | 
 | 2963 |  * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired | 
 | 2964 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
 | 2965 |  */ | 
 | 2966 | void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2967 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | /* Rate control API */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 | /** | 
| Sujith | 81cb762 | 2009-02-12 11:38:37 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 |  * enum rate_control_changed - flags to indicate which parameter changed | 
 | 2972 |  * | 
 | 2973 |  * @IEEE80211_RC_HT_CHANGED: The HT parameters of the operating channel have | 
 | 2974 |  *	changed, rate control algorithm can update its internal state if needed. | 
 | 2975 |  */ | 
 | 2976 | enum rate_control_changed { | 
 | 2977 | 	IEEE80211_RC_HT_CHANGED = BIT(0) | 
 | 2978 | }; | 
 | 2979 |  | 
 | 2980 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 |  * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 |  * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for. | 
 | 2984 |  * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on. | 
 | 2985 |  * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration | 
 | 2986 |  * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate | 
 | 2987 |  *	which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and | 
 | 2988 |  *	used for rate calculations in the mesh network. | 
 | 2989 |  * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the | 
 | 2990 |  *	RTS threshold | 
 | 2991 |  * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission | 
 | 2992 |  *	if the selected rate supports it | 
 | 2993 |  * @max_rate_idx: user-requested maximum rate (not MCS for now) | 
| Jouni Malinen | 37eb0b1 | 2010-01-06 13:09:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 |  *	(deprecated; this will be removed once drivers get updated to use | 
 | 2995 |  *	rate_idx_mask) | 
 | 2996 |  * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested rate mask (not MCS for now) | 
| Johannes Berg | e25cf4a | 2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 |  * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs | 
 | 2998 |  *	to be filled in | 
| Felix Fietkau | 8f0729b | 2010-11-11 15:07:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 |  * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { | 
 | 3002 | 	struct ieee80211_hw *hw; | 
 | 3003 | 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband; | 
 | 3004 | 	struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; | 
 | 3005 | 	struct sk_buff *skb; | 
 | 3006 | 	struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate; | 
 | 3007 | 	bool rts, short_preamble; | 
 | 3008 | 	u8 max_rate_idx; | 
| Jouni Malinen | 37eb0b1 | 2010-01-06 13:09:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | 	u32 rate_idx_mask; | 
| Felix Fietkau | 8f0729b | 2010-11-11 15:07:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | 	bool bss; | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | }; | 
 | 3012 |  | 
 | 3013 | struct rate_control_ops { | 
 | 3014 | 	struct module *module; | 
 | 3015 | 	const char *name; | 
 | 3016 | 	void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | 	void (*free)(void *priv); | 
 | 3018 |  | 
 | 3019 | 	void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp); | 
 | 3020 | 	void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3021 | 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta); | 
| Sujith | 81cb762 | 2009-02-12 11:38:37 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | 	void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3023 | 			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
| Sujith | 4fa0043 | 2010-03-01 14:42:57 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | 			    void *priv_sta, u32 changed, | 
 | 3025 | 			    enum nl80211_channel_type oper_chan_type); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3026 | 	void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 3027 | 			 void *priv_sta); | 
 | 3028 |  | 
 | 3029 | 	void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3030 | 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, | 
 | 3031 | 			  struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 | 	void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, | 
 | 3033 | 			 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 |  | 
 | 3035 | 	void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta, | 
 | 3036 | 				struct dentry *dir); | 
 | 3037 | 	void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta); | 
 | 3038 | }; | 
 | 3039 |  | 
 | 3040 | static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 3041 | 				 enum ieee80211_band band, | 
 | 3042 | 				 int index) | 
 | 3043 | { | 
 | 3044 | 	return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index)); | 
 | 3045 | } | 
 | 3046 |  | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 4c6d4f5 | 2009-07-16 10:05:41 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3047 | /** | 
 | 3048 |  * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames | 
 | 3049 |  * | 
 | 3050 |  * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to | 
 | 3051 |  * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw | 
 | 3052 |  * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate | 
 | 3053 |  * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return. | 
 | 3054 |  * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is | 
 | 3055 |  * not null. | 
 | 3056 |  * | 
 | 3057 |  * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of | 
 | 3058 |  * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this. | 
 | 3059 |  * | 
 | 3060 |  * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note | 
 | 3061 |  * 	that this may be null. | 
 | 3062 |  * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null. | 
 | 3063 |  * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211. | 
 | 3064 |  */ | 
 | 3065 | bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 3066 | 			   void *priv_sta, | 
 | 3067 | 			   struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); | 
 | 3068 |  | 
 | 3069 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | static inline s8 | 
 | 3071 | rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3072 | 		  struct ieee80211_sta *sta) | 
 | 3073 | { | 
 | 3074 | 	int i; | 
 | 3075 |  | 
 | 3076 | 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) | 
 | 3077 | 		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) | 
 | 3078 | 			return i; | 
 | 3079 |  | 
 | 3080 | 	/* warn when we cannot find a rate. */ | 
 | 3081 | 	WARN_ON(1); | 
 | 3082 |  | 
 | 3083 | 	return 0; | 
 | 3084 | } | 
 | 3085 |  | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | b770b43 | 2009-07-16 10:15:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | static inline | 
 | 3087 | bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3088 | 			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta) | 
 | 3089 | { | 
 | 3090 | 	unsigned int i; | 
 | 3091 |  | 
 | 3092 | 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) | 
 | 3093 | 		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) | 
 | 3094 | 			return true; | 
 | 3095 | 	return false; | 
 | 3096 | } | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 |  | 
 | 3098 | int ieee80211_rate_control_register(struct rate_control_ops *ops); | 
 | 3099 | void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(struct rate_control_ops *ops); | 
 | 3100 |  | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | static inline bool | 
 | 3102 | conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3103 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | 	return conf->channel_type == NL80211_CHAN_HT20; | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | } | 
 | 3106 |  | 
 | 3107 | static inline bool | 
 | 3108 | conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3109 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | 	return conf->channel_type == NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3111 | } | 
 | 3112 |  | 
 | 3113 | static inline bool | 
 | 3114 | conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3115 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3116 | 	return conf->channel_type == NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3117 | } | 
 | 3118 |  | 
 | 3119 | static inline bool | 
 | 3120 | conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3121 | { | 
 | 3122 | 	return conf_is_ht40_minus(conf) || conf_is_ht40_plus(conf); | 
 | 3123 | } | 
 | 3124 |  | 
 | 3125 | static inline bool | 
 | 3126 | conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3127 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | 	return conf->channel_type != NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | } | 
 | 3130 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype | 
 | 3132 | ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p) | 
 | 3133 | { | 
 | 3134 | 	if (p2p) { | 
 | 3135 | 		switch (type) { | 
 | 3136 | 		case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: | 
 | 3137 | 			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT; | 
 | 3138 | 		case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: | 
 | 3139 | 			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO; | 
 | 3140 | 		default: | 
 | 3141 | 			break; | 
 | 3142 | 		} | 
 | 3143 | 	} | 
 | 3144 | 	return type; | 
 | 3145 | } | 
 | 3146 |  | 
 | 3147 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype | 
 | 3148 | ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | 
 | 3149 | { | 
 | 3150 | 	return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p); | 
 | 3151 | } | 
 | 3152 |  | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | #endif /* MAC80211_H */ |